Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

fold+one's+hands

  • 101 лежать на печи

    прост., неодобр.
    idle; loaf; cool one's heels; eat lotus; fold one's arms (hands)

    - Трактористы и прицепной инвентарь у нас в полной готовности: мы, трактористы, не подкачаем. А вот вы что же на печи лежите? - Как это на печи? - возмутился Буянов. - Если уж мы к севу не готовы, то кто же готов? (Г. Николаева, Жатва) — 'Our tractors and trailer implements are in full readiness. We tractor drivers won't let you down. But what are you cooling your heels for, I'd like to know?' 'What d'you mean, cooling our heels?' Buyanov protested. 'If we're not prepared for the sowing campaign I'd like to know who is?'

    Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > лежать на печи

  • 102 klappe

    1
    хло́пать; аплоди́ровать

    kláppe ad én — хло́пать кому́-л.

    * * *
    applaud, clap, pat
    * * *
    vb clap,
    ( i hænderne også) applaud;
    ( jævne) pat;
    ( kærtegnende) pat ( fx the dog);
    ( ved jagt) beat;
    ( gå glat) go without a hitch;
    [ klappet og klart] (all) ready, all set;
    (se også kage);
    [ med præp & adv:]
    [ klappe ad ham] applaud him,
    T give him a hand;
    ( blive tavs) clam up;
    (se også I. fælde);
    [ klap i!]
    T shut up! belt up!
    [ klappe i hænderne] clap one's hands;
    ( klappe ud) unfold,
    [ klappe hende på kinden] pat her cheek;
    [ klappe én på skulderen] pat somebody's shoulder, pat somebody on the shoulder;
    (fig: opmuntre, rose) pat somebody on the back;
    ( folde sammen) fold up, collapse,
    (T: bryde sammen) crack up.

    Danish-English dictionary > klappe

  • 103 руки в боки

    прост.

    Тут Иван, / Руки в боки, словно пан, / Из-за братьев выступает / И, надувшись, отвечает, / Эта пара, царь, моя, / И хозяин - тоже я. (П. Ершов, Конёк-Горбунок) — Here, Ivan, / Arms akimbo, like a Pan, / Pushed his brothers both aside, / Puffed his cheeks and proudly cried: / Tsar, these steeds belong to me, / I'm their owner, too, you see.

    2) (стоять, ходить и т. п.) (бездельничать, лодырничать) fold one's arms (hands); loaf around

    - Теперь многи девки такие! - тоже вздохнула Панькова. - Трёх доярок на ферме не хватает, а они ходят руки в боки... (В. Липатов, Деревенский детектив) — 'There's a lot of girls like that around nowadays,' Pankova sighed in agreement. 'We are three milkmaids short on the farm, and here are these beauties loafing around...'

    Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > руки в боки

  • 104 ръка

    1. hand
    ръка за ръка hand-in-hand (с with)
    с ръка with o.'s hands, with the hand
    с шапка/револвер и пр. в ръка hat/revolver in hand
    с ръце в джобовете with o.'s hands in o.'s pockets, hands in pockets
    с ръце отзад with o.'s hands behind o.'s back
    с голи ръце with bare hands
    нося/тъка/пиша на ръка carry/weave/write by hand
    нося (дреха) на ръка carry on o.'s arm
    вдигам ръка hold up/raise o.'s hand
    вземам/хващам за ръка take by the hand
    водя за ръка lead by the hand
    подавам ръка hold. out o.'s hand (на to), ( помагам) lend/give; a helping hand (на to)
    слагам си ръката на ухото cup o.'s ear
    хващам с ръка catch with the hand
    хващам някого под ръка take s.o.'s arm. slip/draw o.'s arm through s.o.'s
    вземам/нося на ръце take/carry in o.'s arms
    средна ръка хора ordinary/middle-class people
    човек от първа ръка a man of high standing
    3. мн. ч. (власт) hands
    в ръцете на in the hands of, at the mercy of
    в добри/сигурни ръце in safe hands
    държа в ръцете си hold in the hollow of o.'s hand
    4. (беритба) priming
    5. (карти) hand
    имам пари на ръка have money at hand
    на бърза ръка hastily, hurriedly
    offhand. slapdash, ( много бързо) in no time
    това е едно на ръка this is one thing certain; of course
    плащам на ръка pay down/cash, pay (down) on the nail
    под ръка (на разположение) near at hand, ready to hand, within easy, reach handy; easily available
    от ръка на ръка from hand to hand
    минавам от ръка на ръка pass from hand to hand, ( за имот) change hands
    от първа/втора ръка at first/second hand; first-/second-hand (attr.)
    знам от първа ръка have first-hand information, know first-hand
    вдигам ръка върху lift a hand against
    вдигам ръце (признавам се за побе-ден) hold up o.'s hands, throw up the sponge, throw in o.'s hand, ( отказвам се) give up
    искам ръката на ask for s.o.'s hand, seek s.o. in marriage
    слагам/турям ръка на lay (o.'s) hands on
    махвам (с) ръка на lose all interest in
    не мърся/цапам ръцете си keep o.'s hands clean
    имам златни ръце have deft fingers, be good with o.'s hands
    имам лека ръка be nimble-fingered, be lucky
    оставил си ръцете he's bungled it, he's made a mess of it
    плюя си на ръцете set to (with a will), roll up o.'s sleeves
    потривам ръце rub o.'s hands, gloat (over)
    давам с едната ръка, вземам с другата give with one hand, take back with the other
    * * *
    ръка̀,
    ж., -цѐ 1. hand; (от китката до лакътя) forearm; (от китката до рамото) arm; вземам/нося на \ръкаце take/carry in o.’s arms; вземам/хващам за \ръкака take by the hand; горе \ръкацете! hands up! държа здраво в \ръкацете си hold tight in o.’s grasp; държим се за \ръкаце hold hands; карам велосипед без \ръкаце ride a bicycle no hands; на \ръкака ( саморъчно) by hand; написано на \ръкака written in longhand; пипам с \ръкаце handle; плясвам през \ръкацете rap over the knuckles; подавам \ръкака hold out o.’s hand (на to), ( помагам) lend/give a (helping) hand (на to); \ръкака за \ръкака hand-in-hand (c with); с празни \ръкаце empty-handed; с шапка/револвер и пр. в \ръкака hat/revolver in hand; слагам си \ръкаката на ухото cup o.’s ear; хванати под \ръкака arm in arm; хващам някого под \ръкака take s.o.’s arm, slip/draw o.’s arm through s.o.’s; шито на \ръкака hand-sewn;
    2. ( обществено положение) standing, rank; средна \ръкака хора ordinary/middle-class people; хора от всякаква \ръкака people of all ranks; човек от първа \ръкака a man of high standing;
    3. само мн. ( власт) hands; в \ръкацете на in the hands of, at the mercy of; (за право) resides in; държа някого в \ръкацете си разг. have (s.o.) over a barrel; have (s.o.) by the short hairs; hold (s.o.) in the hollow; have s.o. eating out of o.’s hand; оставям се в \ръкацете на put o.s. in s.o.’s hands; поемам работите в \ръкацете си take matters in hand;
    4. ( беритба) priming;
    5. ( карти) hand; ( възможност за игра) entry; решаващата \ръкака the odd trick; • в добри \ръкаце in safe hands; вдигам \ръкаце ( признавам се за победен) hold up o.’s hands, throw up the sponge, throw in o.’s hand, ( отказвам се) give up; вдигам \ръкаце от give up (as a bad job); давам с едната \ръкака, вземам с другата give with one hand, take back with the other; дай \ръкака ( при пазарлък) done! it’s a bargain! дясна \ръкака на някого s.o.’s right-hand man; за четири \ръкаце муз. four-handed; имам дълги \ръкаце be thievish; имам златни \ръкаце have deft fingers, be good with o.’s hands; имам лека \ръкака
    1. be nimble-fingered;
    2. be lucky; искам \ръкаката на ask for s.o.’s hand, seek s.o. in marriage; махвам (с) \ръкака на lose all interest in; на бърза \ръкака hastily, hurriedly; offhand, slapdash, ( много бързо) in no time; на/под \ръкака (на разположение) at hand, (на склад) on hand; не мърся/цапам \ръкацете си keep o.’s hands clean; не са ми останали \ръкаце от работа I have worked/worn my fingers to the bone; нося на \ръкаце make much of; оставил си \ръкацете he’s bungled it, he’s made a mess of it; от първа/втора \ръкака at first/second hand; first-/second-hand (attr.); плащам на \ръкака pay down/cash, pay (down) on the nail; плюя си на \ръкацете roll up o.’s sleeves; под \ръкака (на разположение) near at hand, ready to hand, close at hand; within easy reach; close by/to; handy; easily available; at o.’s finger-tips; (за имот) change hands; подлагам \ръкака beg; подписвам с две \ръкаце be dead sure; потривам \ръкаце rub o.’s hands, gloat (over); работна \ръкака labour; hands; развързвам \ръкацете на някого give s.o. a free hand; \ръкацете ме сърбят да my fingers itch to; свирим на четири \ръкаце play duettes; скръствам \ръкаце fold o.’s arms; слагам \ръкака на lay (o.’s) hands on; спирам такси с \ръкака hail a taxi; това е едно на \ръкака this is one thing certain; of course; ще ми откъсне \ръкацете it weighs a ton.
    * * *
    hand: We walk ръка in ръка. - Вървим ръка за ръка., with bare ръкаs - с голи ръце, Is your pullover knitted by ръка? - Пуловерът ти на ръка ли е плетен?, pass from ръка to ръка - предавам от ръка на ръка, I have some books in ръка. - Имам няколко книги под ръка., Your future is in your ръкаs. - Бъдещето ти е в твои ръце., shake ръкаs - стисваме си ръцете, information from first ръка - информация от първа ръка, a good ръка - добра ръка (при игра на карти), I hold up my ръкаs - вдигам ръце; arm (от рамото до китката): She carries the child in her ръкаs. - Тя носи детето си на ръце., They walked ръка in ръка. - Те вървяха хванати под ръка.; forearm (от китката до лакътя); mauley (жарг.)
    * * *
    1. (беритба) priming 2. (взятка) trick 3. (възможност за игра) entry 4. (карти) hand 5. (обществено положение) standing, rank 6. (от китката до лакьта) fore-arm 7. (от китката до рамото) arm 8... е в ръцете на (зависи от)... rests with. (за право) resides in 9. 6) be nimble-fingered 10. 7) be lucky 11. hand 12. offhand. slapdash, (много бързо) in no time 13. РЪКА за РЪКА hand-in-hand (с with) 14. в добри/ сигурни ръце in safe hands 15. в ръцете на in the hands of, at the mercy of 16. вдигам РЪКА hold up/raise o.'s hand 17. вдигам РЪКА върху lift a hand against 18. вдигам ръце (признавам се за побе-ден) hold up o.'s hands, throw up the sponge, throw in o.'s hand, (отказвам се) give up 19. вдигам ръце от give up (as a bad job) 20. вземам/нося на ръце take/carry in o.'s arms 21. вземам/хващам за РЪКА take by the hand 22. водя за РЪКА lead by the hand 23. горе ръцете! hands up! 24. давам с едната РЪКА, вземам с другата give with one hand, take back with the other 25. държа в ръцете си hold in the hollow of o.'s hand 26. държа здраво в ръцете си hold tight in o.'s grasp 27. държим се за ръце hold hands 28. дясна РЪКА 29. знам от първа РЪКА have first-hand information, know first-hand 30. измивам си ръцете wash o.'s hands (of) 31. имам дълги ръце be thievish 32. имам златни ръце have deft fingers, be good with o.'s hands 33. имам лека РЪКА 34. имам пари на РЪКА have money at hand 35. искам РЪКАта на ask for s.o.'s hand, seek s.o. in marriage 36. махвам (с) РЪКА на lose all interest in 37. минавам от РЪКА на РЪКА pass from hand to hand, (за имот) change hands 38. мн. ч. (власт) hands 39. на РЪКА (на разположение) at hand, (на склад) on hand 40. на РЪКА (саморъчно) by hand 41. на бърза РЪКА hastily, hurriedly 42. не мърся/цапам ръцете си keep o.'s hands clean 43. нося (дреха) на РЪКА carry on o.'s arm 44. нося/тъка/пиша на РЪКА carry/weave/write by hand 45. оставил си ръцете he's bungled it, he's made a mess of it 46. оставям се в ръцете на put o.s. in s.o.'s hands 47. от РЪКА наРЪКА from hand to hand 48. от първа/втора РЪКА at first/second hand;first-/second-hand (attr,) 49. отпускам ръце give in 50. пипам с ръце handle 51. плащам на РЪКА pay down/cash, pay (down) on the nail 52. плюя си на ръцете set to (with a will), roll up o.'s sleeves 53. плясвам през ръцете rap over the knuckles 54. под РЪКА (на разположение) near at hand, ready to hand, within easy, reach handy;easily available 55. подавам РЪКА hold. out o.'s hand (на to), (помагам) lend/give: a helping hand (на to) 56. подлагам РЪКА beg 57. подписвам с две ръце be dead sure 58. поемам работите в ръцете си take matters in hand 59. потривам ръце rub o.'s hands, gloat (over) 60. развързани ми са ръцете have a free hand 61. развързвам ръцете на някого give s.o. a free hand 62. решаващата РЪКА the odd trick 63. ръцете ме сърбят да my fingers itch to 64. с РЪКА with o.'s hands, with the hand 65. с голи ръце with bare hands 66. с празни ръце empty-handed 67. с ръце в джобовете with o.'s hands in o.'s pockets, hands in pockets 68. с ръце отзад with o.'s hands behind o.'s back 69. с шапка/револвер и пр. в РЪКА hat/revolver in hand 70. скръствам ръце fold o.'s arms 71. слагам си РЪКАта на ухото cup o.'s ear 72. слагам/турямРЪКА на lay (o.'s) hands on 73. спирам такси с РЪКА hail a taxi 74. средна РЪКА хора ordinary/middle-class people 75. стоя със скръстени ръце do nothing (about s.th.) 76. това е едно на РЪКА this is one thing certain;of course 77. хванати под РЪКА arm in arm 78. хващам някого под РЪКА take s.o.'s arm. slip/draw o.'s arm through s.o.'s 79. хващам с РЪКА catch with the hand 80. хора от всякаква РЪКА people of all ranks 81. човек от първа РЪКА a man of high standing 82. шито на РЪКА hand-sewn

    Български-английски речник > ръка

  • 105 cien

    adj.
    1 one-hundred, hundred, a hundred.
    2 one-hundredth.
    f. & m.
    a or one hundred.
    cien mil a o one hundred thousand
    por cien percent
    cien por cien a hundred percent;
    m.
    hundred, a hundred.
    * * *
    1 one hundred, a hundred
    1 one hundred, a hundred
    \
    cien por cien one hundred per cent
    ponerse a cien familiar to blow one's top, get all worked up Table 1 NOTA see also ciento and seis/Table 1
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. adj.
    hundred, a hundred
    * * *
    I
    ADJ, PRON [antes de s, apócope de ciento] a hundred, one hundred

    es de lana cien por cien — it's pure wool, it's a hundred per cent wool

    - me pone a cien
    CIEN, CIENTO ► La traducción de cien(to) puede ser a hundred o one hundred: Tengo que escribir cien páginas I've got to write a o one hundred pages Murió a la edad de ciento veinte años He died at the age of a o one hundred and twenty Sin embargo, hay que utilizar siempre one hundred: ► cuando cien(to) va detrás de otra cifra: El curso cuesta dos mil ciento noventa libras The course costs two thousand one hundred and ninety pounds ► cuando se quiere precisar que se trata de cien(to) y no de doscientos {etc}: I said "one hundred" not "two hundred" Para otros usos y ejemplos ver cien I, ciento II
    ** SM bog **, lavatory, john (EEUU) *
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable/pronombre a/one hundred

    cien mil — a/one hundred thousand

    es cien por cien algodón — (esp Esp) it's a hundred percent cotton

    II
    * * *
    = hundred, hundred, one hundred.
    Ex. There seems little point in hundreds of cataloguers in separate locations wading through cataloguing codes and classification schemes in order to create a variety of catalogue records for the same work.
    Ex. There seems little point in hundreds of cataloguers in separate locations wading through cataloguing codes and classification schemes in order to create a variety of catalogue records for the same work.
    Ex. It features elements of many of the trends in classification theory and practice over the past one hundred years.
    ----
    * cien por cien = one hundred percent.
    * cientos = oodles, scores.
    * cientos de = hundreds of, yards of.
    * cientos de miles = hundreds of thousands, tens of thousands.
    * cientos de millones = hundred million.
    * cien veces = hundred-fold.
    * dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * de menos del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * en tanto por ciento = percentage-wise.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * Número + por ciento = by + factor of + Número, Número + percentage points.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit.
    * tanto por ciento = percentage.
    * tienda de todo a cien = dollar store.
    * veinte por ciento = two-tenths.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable/pronombre a/one hundred

    cien mil — a/one hundred thousand

    es cien por cien algodón — (esp Esp) it's a hundred percent cotton

    II
    * * *
    = hundred, hundred, one hundred.

    Ex: There seems little point in hundreds of cataloguers in separate locations wading through cataloguing codes and classification schemes in order to create a variety of catalogue records for the same work.

    Ex: There seems little point in hundreds of cataloguers in separate locations wading through cataloguing codes and classification schemes in order to create a variety of catalogue records for the same work.
    Ex: It features elements of many of the trends in classification theory and practice over the past one hundred years.
    * cien por cien = one hundred percent.
    * cientos = oodles, scores.
    * cientos de = hundreds of, yards of.
    * cientos de miles = hundreds of thousands, tens of thousands.
    * cientos de millones = hundred million.
    * cien veces = hundred-fold.
    * dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * de menos del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * en tanto por ciento = percentage-wise.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * Número + por ciento = by + factor of + Número, Número + percentage points.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit.
    * tanto por ciento = percentage.
    * tienda de todo a cien = dollar store.
    * veinte por ciento = two-tenths.

    * * *
    adj inv/pron
    a/one hundred
    cien euros a/one hundred euros
    cien mil a/one hundred thousand
    es cien por cien algodón it's pure cotton, it's a hundred percent cotton
    no estoy convencido al cien por cien I'm not totally convinced
    poner a algn a cien ( Esp); to get sb annoyed
    ver tb ciento1 (↑ ciento (1))
    el cien one hundred, number one hundred
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ciar: ( conjugate ciar)

    cíen es:

    3ª persona plural (ellos/ellas/ustedes) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona plural (ellos/ellas/ustedes) imperativo

    cien adj inv/pron
    a/one hundred;
    ◊ cien mil a/one hundred thousand;

    es cien por cien algodón (esp Esp) it's a hundred percent cotton
    ■ sustantivo masculino: el cien (number) one hundred
    cien adjetivo & sustantivo masculino inv hundred
    cien personas, a o one hundred people
    cinco por cien, five per cent
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar poner a alguien a cien, to drive sb mad
    cien por cien, (completamente, de principio a fin) one hundred per cent: una sustancia cien por cien vegetal, a substance made from natural products only
    ir/andar con cien ojos, to keep your eyes peeled
    Recuerda que en inglés no tiene plural ( one/ two/three, etc. hundred) excepto cuando expresa una cantidad indeterminada: Había cientos de personas. There were hundreds of people there.

    ' cien' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - antecesor
    - antecesora
    - baja
    - bajo
    - cabida
    - casi
    - contratación
    - dividendo
    - haber
    - más
    - neta
    - neto
    - pago
    - poner
    - venir
    - ciento
    - pájaro
    English:
    A
    - aboard
    - another
    - around
    - aware
    - bet
    - by
    - deep
    - discount
    - funnel
    - horsepower
    - hundred
    - length
    - live
    - offshore
    - than
    - vicinity
    - watt
    - within
    - worth
    * * *
    cien núm
    a o one hundred;
    cien mil a o one hundred thousand;
    por cien percent;
    cien por cien a hundred percent;
    Fam
    poner a cien alguien: esa musiquilla me está poniendo a cien that tune's getting on my nerves;
    Fam
    dar cien mil vueltas a algo/alguien: mi moto le da cien vueltas a la tuya my motorbike's miles better than yours;
    ver también treinta
    * * *
    adj a o
    one hundred;
    poner a alguien a cien fam irritate s.o., get on s.o.’s nerves;
    cien por cien fig fam a hundred per cent, totally
    * * *
    cien adj
    1) : a hundred, hundred
    las primeras cien páginas: the first hundred pages
    2)
    cien por ciento : a hundred percent, through and through, wholeheartedly
    cien nm
    : one hundred
    * * *
    cien num a hundred / one hundred

    Spanish-English dictionary > cien

  • 106 forma

    f.
    1 shape, form (figura).
    en forma de in the shape of
    en forma de L L-shaped
    tener forma ovalada o de óvalo to be oval in shape
    formas figure, curves (silueta)
    2 way, manner (manera).
    se puede hacer de varias formas it can be done in several different ways
    ¡qué forma de llover! it's absolutely pouring down!
    de cualquier forma, de todas formas anyway, in any case
    de esta forma in this way
    forma de pago method of payment
    forma de ser: es su forma de ser that's just the way he is
    3 form.
    la fotografía es una forma de arte photography is an art form
    formas de vida life forms
    4 form (no fondo).
    forma y fondo form and content
    5 host (religion).
    6 form (formulario). (Mexican Spanish)
    7 kind, form.
    8 aspect, semblance, appearance.
    9 cast.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: formar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: formar.
    * * *
    1 (gen) form, shape
    2 (manera) way
    3 DEPORTE form
    1 (modales) manners, social conventions
    \
    de esta forma in this way
    de forma que so that
    de todas formas anyway, in any case
    estar en baja forma to be off form
    estar en forma to be in shape, be fit
    ponerse en forma to get fit
    buenas formas good manners
    forma de pago method of payment
    forma física physical fitness
    la Sagrada Forma the Host
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) form, shape
    2) manner, way
    •
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=figura) shape

    • nubes de humo con forma de hongo — mushroom-shaped clouds of smoke

    • dar forma a — [+ objeto, joya] to shape; [+ idea, teoría] to give shape to

    • en forma de U — U-shaped

    • tomar forma — to take shape

    2) (=modo) way

    • de forma directa/inmediata/natural — directly/immediately/naturally

    el plan entrará en vigor de forma inmediata — the plan will take immediate effect, the plan will take effect immediately

    • de esta forma — [gen] in this way; (=por consecuencia) thus

    queremos controlar los costes y, de esta forma, evitar reducir la plantilla — we want to bring down costs and thus avoid having to downsize

    • de todas formas — anyway, in any case

    pero de todas formas te agradezco que me lo hayas dicho — but thank you for letting me know anyway, but in any case thank you for letting me know

    forma de pago — method of payment, form of payment

    forma de ser, es mi forma de ser — that's how I am, that's the way I am

    3)

    • de forma que — (=en un modo que) in such a way as, so as; (=por eso) so that

    el número de socios fue creciendo cada año, de forma que en 1989 eran ya varios miles — the number of members grew every year, so that o such that by 1989 there were several thousand

    • de tal forma que — (=en un modo que) in such a way that; (=tanto que) so much that; (=por eso) so that

    su padre era italiano y su madre polaca, de tal forma que él siempre se ha sentido europeo — his father was Italian and his mother Polish, so (that) he has always felt himself to be European

    4) (tb: forma física) fitness, form

    el jugador ha recuperado su forma física — the player is fit again, the player has regained fitness o form

    • estar en (buena) forma — [para hacer deporte] to be fit, be in good shape; [para realizar otra actividad] to be in (good) form

    estar en baja forma — (lit) to be not fully fit; (fig) to be in bad shape

    5) (=aspecto externo) form

    es pura forma — it's just for the sake of form, it's a mere formality

    • defecto de forma — (Jur) technicality

    6) pl formas [femeninas] figure sing
    7) pl formas [sociales] appearances

    • guardar o mantener las formas — to keep up appearances

    8) (Rel)

    • la Sagrada Forma — the Host

    9) (=molde) (Téc) mould, mold (EEUU); [de zapatero] last; [de sombrero] hatter's block; (Tip) forme, form (EEUU)
    10) (Ling) [del verbo] form
    11) (Tip) (=formato) format
    12) LAm
    *

    • en forma, una fiesta en forma — a proper party, a blowout *

    13) Méx form
    see MANERA, FORMA, MODO
    * * *
    1)
    a) (contorno, apariencia) shape

    dar forma a algo — ( al barro) to shape something; ( a proyecto) to give shape to something

    b) (tipo, modalidad) form
    2) (Lit) (de una novela, obra) form; (Fil) form
    3) (Ling) form
    4) (Dep, Med)

    estar/mantenerse en forma — to be/keep fit

    en forma — (AmL fam)

    nos divertimos en forma — (AmL fam) we had a really good time

    5) (manera, modo) way

    de forma que — (frml) in such a way that

    de cualquier forma or de todas formas — anyway, in any case

    6) formas femenino plural
    a) ( de mujer) figure
    b) ( apariencias) appearances (pl)
    7) (Méx) ( formulario) form
    * * *
    = approach [approaches, -pl.], form, guise, means, mode, shape, way, mould [mold, -USA], shaping, complexion, manner, fashion.
    Ex. During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.
    Ex. It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.
    Ex. In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.
    Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    Ex. Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.
    Ex. If the book has an unusual shape then both the height and the width of the book will be given.
    Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.
    Ex. The two moulds, which were twins, were oblong wire sieves mounted on wooden frames, and the deckle was a removable wooden rim which could be fitted to either mould to make it into a tray-like sieve with a raised edge.
    Ex. The process of shaping the scientific and technical propaganda into a legitimate specialisation is described.
    Ex. These documents contain the Commission's sentiments on how policy should be evolved in particular sectors and what complexion it should take = Estos documentos contienen el sentir de la Comisión de cómo debería desarrollarse la política en sectores concretos y qué cariz debería tomar.
    Ex. City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.
    Ex. It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.
    ----
    * acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * actuar de forma negligente = be remiss.
    * adoptar forma = take + shape.
    * adoptar la forma de = take + form, take + the form of, come in + the form of.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * asumir una forma = assume + form.
    * botón en forma de palo = toggle fastener.
    * buena forma física = fitness, physical fitness.
    * buscar la forma de = look for + ways to.
    * buscar la forma de + Infinitivo = develop + way of + Gerundio.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * caer en forma de cascada = cascade.
    * cambiar de forma = shape-shift.
    * cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * catálogo encuadernado en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de álbum = guard (book) catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de libro = bookform catalogue, book catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de libro encuadernado = bound book form catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de listado = computer print-out catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.
    * catálogo impreso en forma de libro = printed book catalogue.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como una forma de = as a means of.
    * concepto de forma = form concept.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complementaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma regular = regularly.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.
    * de la otra forma = the other way (a)round.
    * de muchas formas = in more ways than one.
    * de ninguna forma = in any way at all.
    * de ninguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de nuevas formas = in new ways.
    * de otra forma = in any other way.
    * describir de forma general = outline.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.
    * de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.
    * de una forma = in a fashion.
    * de una forma + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + manner.
    * de una forma ambigua = ambiguously.
    * de una forma brillante = brilliantly.
    * de una forma deplorable = execrably.
    * de una forma fácil = easily.
    * de una forma hábil = skilfully [skillfully, -USA].
    * de una forma intangible = intangibly.
    * de una forma lógica = logically.
    * de una forma monstruosa = monstrously.
    * de una forma organizada = in an organised fashion.
    * de una forma rápida = quickly.
    * de una forma relativamente + Nombre = relatively + Adverbio.
    * de una forma simple = in a simple manner, simply.
    * de una forma tautológica = tautologically.
    * de una forma u otra = in some form or other, in one way or another, one way or another, in one form or another.
    * de una nueva forma = in a new way.
    * dispuesto de forma uniforme = regimented.
    * división de forma = form division.
    * edificio en forma de cubo = cubic building.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * encabezamiento de forma = form heading.
    * encontrar la forma de = devise + ways.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en mala forma = in bad nick.
    * en plena forma = in peak condition, in tip-top form, in tip-top condition.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * entintar la forma = beat + the forme.
    * entrada de forma = form entry.
    * estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.
    * estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.
    * faceta de forma = Form facet.
    * forma adjetival = adjectival form.
    * forma artística = art form.
    * forma de actuar = discourse.
    * forma de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.
    * forma de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.
    * forma de conseguir algo = lever.
    * forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.
    * forma de escribir = writing style.
    * forma de evitar Algo = way round + Algo.
    * forma de evitar una dificultad = way (a)round + difficulty.
    * forma de evitar un problema = way round + problem.
    * forma de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * forma de funcionar = business model.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * forma de hacer papel = paper mould.
    * forma de impresión = composing frame, forme, plate, frame.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * forma de pago = form of payment.
    * forma de papel vitela = wove mould.
    * forma de pensar = thinking, belief system, set of opinions, mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * forma de presentación = form of presentation.
    * forma de trabajar = working practice, work practice, business model.
    * forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * forma de vida = way of life.
    * forma excelente = commanding form.
    * forma física = physical form, physical condition, physical shape.
    * forma flexionada = inflected form.
    * forma geométrica = geometric shape, geometric pattern.
    * forma impresa = hard copy [hardcopy].
    * forma intelectual = intellectual form.
    * forma manual = hand mould.
    * forma nominal = noun form.
    * forma para papel verjurado = laid mould.
    * ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.
    * ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.
    * guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.
    * indicar las formas (de/en que) = point to + ways (of/in which).
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * mantenerse en forma = keep + fit.
    * no haber forma de = there + be + no way.
    * no hay forma de que = for the life of me.
    * ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * orientado hacia la forma = form-oriented.
    * participar de forma activa = involve.
    * participar de forma activa en = engage in.
    * participar de una forma activa = become + involved.
    * pensar de forma creativa = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * presentar en forma de tabla = tabulate.
    * red en forma de estrella = star network [star-network].
    * sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.
    * ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.
    * ser la forma de = be a recipe for.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * ser una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * sin forma = bodilessly, formless.
    * sugerir la forma de = suggest + way in which.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * tomar forma = take + form, take + shape, assume + form, shape up.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * volver a dar forma = reshape [re-shape].
    * * *
    1)
    a) (contorno, apariencia) shape

    dar forma a algo — ( al barro) to shape something; ( a proyecto) to give shape to something

    b) (tipo, modalidad) form
    2) (Lit) (de una novela, obra) form; (Fil) form
    3) (Ling) form
    4) (Dep, Med)

    estar/mantenerse en forma — to be/keep fit

    en forma — (AmL fam)

    nos divertimos en forma — (AmL fam) we had a really good time

    5) (manera, modo) way

    de forma que — (frml) in such a way that

    de cualquier forma or de todas formas — anyway, in any case

    6) formas femenino plural
    a) ( de mujer) figure
    b) ( apariencias) appearances (pl)
    7) (Méx) ( formulario) form
    * * *
    = approach [approaches, -pl.], form, guise, means, mode, shape, way, mould [mold, -USA], shaping, complexion, manner, fashion.

    Ex: During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

    Ex: It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.
    Ex: In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.
    Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    Ex: Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.
    Ex: If the book has an unusual shape then both the height and the width of the book will be given.
    Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.
    Ex: The two moulds, which were twins, were oblong wire sieves mounted on wooden frames, and the deckle was a removable wooden rim which could be fitted to either mould to make it into a tray-like sieve with a raised edge.
    Ex: The process of shaping the scientific and technical propaganda into a legitimate specialisation is described.
    Ex: These documents contain the Commission's sentiments on how policy should be evolved in particular sectors and what complexion it should take = Estos documentos contienen el sentir de la Comisión de cómo debería desarrollarse la política en sectores concretos y qué cariz debería tomar.
    Ex: City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.
    Ex: It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.
    * acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * actuar de forma negligente = be remiss.
    * adoptar forma = take + shape.
    * adoptar la forma de = take + form, take + the form of, come in + the form of.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * asumir una forma = assume + form.
    * botón en forma de palo = toggle fastener.
    * buena forma física = fitness, physical fitness.
    * buscar la forma de = look for + ways to.
    * buscar la forma de + Infinitivo = develop + way of + Gerundio.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * caer en forma de cascada = cascade.
    * cambiar de forma = shape-shift.
    * cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * catálogo encuadernado en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de álbum = guard (book) catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de libro = bookform catalogue, book catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de libro encuadernado = bound book form catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de listado = computer print-out catalogue.
    * catálogo en forma de listado de ordenador = computer book form catalogue.
    * catálogo impreso en forma de libro = printed book catalogue.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como una forma de = as a means of.
    * concepto de forma = form concept.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complementaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma regular = regularly.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.
    * de la otra forma = the other way (a)round.
    * de muchas formas = in more ways than one.
    * de ninguna forma = in any way at all.
    * de ninguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de nuevas formas = in new ways.
    * de otra forma = in any other way.
    * describir de forma general = outline.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.
    * de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.
    * de una forma = in a fashion.
    * de una forma + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + manner.
    * de una forma ambigua = ambiguously.
    * de una forma brillante = brilliantly.
    * de una forma deplorable = execrably.
    * de una forma fácil = easily.
    * de una forma hábil = skilfully [skillfully, -USA].
    * de una forma intangible = intangibly.
    * de una forma lógica = logically.
    * de una forma monstruosa = monstrously.
    * de una forma organizada = in an organised fashion.
    * de una forma rápida = quickly.
    * de una forma relativamente + Nombre = relatively + Adverbio.
    * de una forma simple = in a simple manner, simply.
    * de una forma tautológica = tautologically.
    * de una forma u otra = in some form or other, in one way or another, one way or another, in one form or another.
    * de una nueva forma = in a new way.
    * dispuesto de forma uniforme = regimented.
    * división de forma = form division.
    * edificio en forma de cubo = cubic building.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * encabezamiento de forma = form heading.
    * encontrar la forma de = devise + ways.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en mala forma = in bad nick.
    * en plena forma = in peak condition, in tip-top form, in tip-top condition.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * entintar la forma = beat + the forme.
    * entrada de forma = form entry.
    * estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.
    * estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.
    * faceta de forma = Form facet.
    * forma adjetival = adjectival form.
    * forma artística = art form.
    * forma de actuar = discourse.
    * forma de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.
    * forma de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.
    * forma de conseguir algo = lever.
    * forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.
    * forma de escribir = writing style.
    * forma de evitar Algo = way round + Algo.
    * forma de evitar una dificultad = way (a)round + difficulty.
    * forma de evitar un problema = way round + problem.
    * forma de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * forma de funcionar = business model.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * forma de hacer papel = paper mould.
    * forma de impresión = composing frame, forme, plate, frame.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * forma de pago = form of payment.
    * forma de papel vitela = wove mould.
    * forma de pensar = thinking, belief system, set of opinions, mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * forma de presentación = form of presentation.
    * forma de trabajar = working practice, work practice, business model.
    * forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * forma de vida = way of life.
    * forma excelente = commanding form.
    * forma física = physical form, physical condition, physical shape.
    * forma flexionada = inflected form.
    * forma geométrica = geometric shape, geometric pattern.
    * forma impresa = hard copy [hardcopy].
    * forma intelectual = intellectual form.
    * forma manual = hand mould.
    * forma nominal = noun form.
    * forma para papel verjurado = laid mould.
    * ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.
    * ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.
    * guardar las formas = keep up + appearances.
    * indicar las formas (de/en que) = point to + ways (of/in which).
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * mantenerse en forma = keep + fit.
    * no haber forma de = there + be + no way.
    * no hay forma de que = for the life of me.
    * ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * orientado hacia la forma = form-oriented.
    * participar de forma activa = involve.
    * participar de forma activa en = engage in.
    * participar de una forma activa = become + involved.
    * pensar de forma creativa = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * presentar en forma de tabla = tabulate.
    * red en forma de estrella = star network [star-network].
    * sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.
    * ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.
    * ser la forma de = be a recipe for.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * ser una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * sin forma = bodilessly, formless.
    * sugerir la forma de = suggest + way in which.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * tomar forma = take + form, take + shape, assume + form, shape up.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * volver a dar forma = reshape [re-shape].

    * * *
    A
    1 (contorno, apariencia) shape
    tiene forma circular it's circular (in shape)
    en forma de cruz in the shape of a cross
    tiene la forma de un platillo it's the shape of a saucer o it's saucer-shaped
    los tenemos de todas formas y tamaños we have them in all shapes and sizes
    el alfarero da forma al barro the potter shapes the clay
    finalmente logró dar forma a sus proyectos he finally managed to give some shape to his plans
    el suéter ha cogido la forma de la percha the sweater's been stretched out of shape by the coat hanger
    el príncipe tomó la forma de una rana the prince turned into a frog
    la escultura/el proyecto está empezando a tomar forma the sculpture/plan is beginning to take shape
    2 (tipo, modalidad) form
    la discriminación no puede ser tolerada bajo ninguna de sus formas discrimination cannot be tolerated in any shape or form
    las distintas formas de vida animal the different forms of animal life
    el medicamento se presenta en forma de supositorios y de comprimidos the medicine comes in suppository or tablet form
    B
    1 ( Lit) (de una novela, obra) form
    fondo y forma form and content
    2 ( Der):
    3 ( Fil) form
    C ( Ling) form
    la forma singular the singular (form)
    D ( Dep, Med):
    estar/mantenerse en forma to be/keep fit
    esta temporada está en baja forma this season he's off form o he's not in good form
    me siento en plena forma I feel on top form
    en forma ( AmL fam): una comida en forma a good square meal ( colloq)
    hoy nos divertimos en forma we had a terrific o fantastic time today
    metiste la pata en (gran) forma you really put your foot in it ( colloq)
    E (manera, modo) way
    es su forma de ser it's just his way, it's just the way he is
    no me gusta nada su forma de organizar las cosas I don't like his way of organizing things at all
    ¡qué forma de gritar, ni que estuviese sorda! there's no need to shout, I'm not deaf!
    así no hay forma de entenderse we'll never get anywhere like this
    lo hizo de forma que él no se enterase ( frml); she did it in such a way that he would not find out
    Compuesto:
    form o method of payment
    2 (apariencias) appearances (pl)
    en público siempre guardan or cubren las formas they always keep up appearances in public
    G ( Méx) (formulario) form
    * * *

     

    Del verbo formar: ( conjugate formar)

    forma es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    forma    
    formar
    forma sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) (contorno, apariencia) shape;


    tiene la forma de un platillo it's the shape of a saucer;
    dar forma a algo ( al barro) to shape sth;

    ( a proyecto) to give shape to sth
    b) (tipo, modalidad) form;


    forma de pago form o method of payment
    2 (Dep, Med):

    está en baja forma he's not on form;
    en plena forma on top form;
    en forma: nos divertimos en forma we had a really good time
    3 (manera, modo) way;

    ¡vaya forma de conducir! what a way to drive!;
    forma de vida way of life;
    de forma distinta differently;
    de cualquier forma or de todas formas anyway, in any case
    4
    ◊ formas sustantivo femenino plural




    5 (Méx) ( formulario) form
    formar ( conjugate formar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹círculo/figura› to make, form;

    ‹asociación/gobierno› to form, set up;
    ‹ barricada› to set up;
    ◊ ¡formen parejas! ( en clase) get into pairs o twos!;


    ( en baile) take your partners!
    b) (Ling) to form

    c) (Mil) ‹ tropas› to have … fall in

    2 ( componer) to make up;

    forma parte de algo to be part of sth, to belong to sth
    3 ‹carácter/espíritu› to form, shape
    4 ( educar) to bring up;
    ( para trabajo) to train
    verbo intransitivo (Mil) to fall in
    formarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) (hacerse, crearse) [grupo/organismo] to form;

    ◊ se formó una cola a line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

    b) ( desarrollarse) [niño/huesos] to develop

    c) ‹idea/opinión› to form

    2 ( educarse) to be educated;
    ( para trabajo) to be trained
    forma sustantivo femenino
    1 form, shape: una vasija en forma de campana, a bell-shaped vessel
    2 (modo) way: hazlo de otra forma do it another way
    no hay forma de probarlo, there's no way to prove it
    forma de pago, method of payment
    3 Dep form: está en baja forma, she's off form
    me mantengo en forma, I keep fit 4 formas, (modales) manners
    guardar las formas, to keep up appearances
    ♦ Locuciones: de forma que, so that
    de todas formas, anyway, in any case
    formar verbo transitivo
    1 to form
    2 (criar) to bring up
    (instruir) to educate, train
    ' forma' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acento
    - aerodinámica
    - aerodinámico
    - amorfa
    - amorfo
    - anacrónica
    - anacrónico
    - borla
    - cerrada
    - cerrado
    - circular
    - congruente
    - cónica
    - cónico
    - corpórea
    - corpóreo
    - defraudar
    - diferente
    - ser
    - escribano
    - estrafalaria
    - estrafalario
    - estrechamiento
    - estrellada
    - estrellado
    - formalmente
    - herida
    - histriónica
    - histriónico
    - imitar
    - inicua
    - inicuo
    - ladrón
    - ladrona
    - mercenaria
    - mercenario
    - modo
    - óptica
    - oscurecer
    - pequeña
    - pequeño
    - política
    - redonda
    - redondo
    - sambenito
    - tallar
    - tela
    - tener
    - Tiro
    English:
    A
    - agenda
    - agree
    - alternately
    - amusing
    - an
    - and
    - angular
    - anyhow
    - arrange
    - as
    - attuned to
    - be
    - begin
    - best
    - blend
    - circle
    - crescent
    - cupcake
    - day
    - deny
    - diamond
    - disgusting
    - do
    - enjoy
    - expect
    - expedient
    - faint
    - figure
    - fish
    - fit
    - fitness
    - form
    - freeware
    - from
    - go
    - heart-shaped
    - hexagon
    - jelly baby
    - jelly bean
    - Jerkily
    - keep
    - kidney shaped
    - lack
    - lie
    - manner
    - mister
    - must
    - parcel
    - pear-shaped
    * * *
    forma nf
    1. [figura] shape, form;
    ¿qué forma tiene? what shape is it?;
    en forma de triángulo in the shape of a triangle;
    en forma de L L-shaped;
    el escultor dio forma al barro the sculptor shaped the clay;
    tener forma ovalada o [m5] de óvalo to be oval (in shape);
    el proyecto comienza a tomar forma the project is starting to take shape
    2. [manera] way, manner;
    tiene una forma de hablar muy divertida she has a very funny way of talking;
    no ha habido forma de localizarlo it was impossible to find him;
    se puede hacer de varias formas it can be done in several different ways;
    lo siento, es mi forma de ser I'm sorry, that's just the way I am o that's just my way;
    ¡qué forma de llover! it's absolutely pouring down!;
    de cualquier forma, de todas formas anyway, in any case;
    si lo hacemos de esta forma, acabaremos antes if we do it this way, we'll finish earlier;
    viajaremos en segunda, de esta forma recortaremos gastos we can travel second class, that way we'll keep the cost down;
    han organizado las conferencias de forma que haya diez minutos de intervalo entre ellas they've arranged the speeches in such a way that there's a ten-minute break between each one;
    llegaremos a las ocho, de forma que podamos comenzar temprano we'll be there by eight so (that) we can start early;
    dobla la camisa de forma que no se arruguen las mangas fold the shirt so (that) the sleeves don't get creased
    forma de pago method of payment
    3. [manifestación] form;
    la fotografía es una forma de arte photography is an art form
    4. [condición física] fitness;
    estar en forma to be fit;
    estar en baja/plena forma to be in poor/top shape;
    vuelvo a estar en plena forma I'm fully fit again;
    mantenerse/ponerse en forma to keep/get fit
    forma física physical fitness;
    en perfecta forma física in perfect (physical) shape
    5. [de equipo, artista] form;
    estar en forma to be on form;
    estar en baja/plena forma to be off form/on top form
    6.
    formas [silueta] figure, curves;
    7.
    formas [modales] manners, social conventions;
    guardar las formas to keep up appearances
    8. [horma, molde] mould
    9. Rel host;
    la Sagrada Forma the Holy Host
    10. Arte & Lit form;
    a este escritor le importa más la forma que el contenido this writer is more interested in form than content
    11. Ling form;
    en forma plural in the plural
    12. Méx [formulario] form
    * * *
    f
    1 form
    2 ( apariencia) shape;
    en forma de in the shape of;
    dar forma a algo shape sth
    3 ( manera) way;
    de forma que in such a way that;
    de todas formas in any case, anyway;
    de alguna forma, en cierta forma in a way;
    de ninguna forma not in the slightest, fam no way;
    no hay forma de que coma/estudie nothing will make him eat/study, it’s impossible to get him to eat/study
    4
    :
    formas pl proprieties;
    guardar las formas keep up appearances
    5
    :
    mantenerse en forma stay in shape
    6 Méx ( formulario) form
    * * *
    forma nf
    1) : form, shape
    2) manera, modo: manner, way
    3) : fitness
    estar en forma: to be fit, to be in shape
    4) formas nfpl
    : appearances, conventions
    * * *
    1. (contorno) shape
    ¿qué forma tiene? what shape is it?
    2. (manera) way
    de forma distinta in a different way / differently

    Spanish-English dictionary > forma

  • 107 składać

    (-am, -asz); perf złożyć; vt
    (papier, leżak) to fold; ( parasol) to furl; (silnik, mebel) to put together, to assemble; (węgiel, towar) to store; ( dokumenty) to turn lub hand in; (ofertę, obietnicę) to make; ( zażalenie) to file; (podziękowanie, kondolencje) to offer, to express; (wizytę, hołd) to pay

    składać podpis — to put one's signature, to sign

    składać przysięgę — to take lub swear an oath

    składać zeznania — to testify, to give evidence

    * * *
    ipf.
    1. ( zginać) (kartkę, prześcieradło, ubranie, leżak, scyzoryk, parasol) fold; ( parasol) furl; (ręce, np. do modlitwy) clasp.
    2. ( zmontować) (silnik, mebel, model samolotu) put together, assemble; (złamaną rękę, nogę) set, adjust.
    3. ( kłaść) (węgiel, towar) store; składać broń lay down one's arms; składać jaja lay eggs; składać kogoś do grobu lit. consign sb to the grave; złożyć pocałunek na czyichś ustach seal sb's lips with a kiss.
    4. (dawać, ofiarować) submit; składać coś w depozyt deposit sth; składać kaucję za kogoś post l. put up l. stand bail for sb; składać komuś hołd pay homage to sb; składać komuś wizytę pay sb a visit; składać komuś życzenia extend l. offer one's wishes to sb; składać do druku send to press; składać kwiaty na czyimś grobie put flowers on sb's grave; składać wieniec lay a wreathe; składać meldunek give a report; składać ofertę ekon. put in a tender ( na coś for sth); składać oświadczenie make l. issue a statement; składać wniosek o coś apply for sth; składać zeznania testify, give evidence; składać pieniądze na nowy samochód save money l. save up for a new car; składać pieniądze w banku deposit money in a bank; składać podpis put l. affix one's signature; składać podziękowania express thanks, give one's thanks; składać prośbę file l. submit a request; składać przysięgę take l. swear an oath; składać skargę file l. lodge a complaint (na kogoś/coś against sb/about sth); składać swój los w czyjeś ręce put one's fate in sb's hands; składać życie na ołtarzu ojczyzny sacrifice one's life for one's homeland.
    5. druk. typeset.
    ipf.
    1. (= być elementem) consist (z kogoś/czegoś of sb/sth); dzisiejszy obiad składa się z dwóch dań today's dinner consists of two courses; na program koncertu złożą się utwory Mozarta i Bacha the program of the concert will include compositions by Mozart and Bach; składa się na to wiele przyczyn many factors are involved here.
    2. (np. o krześle, leżaku) fold up, fold; ten scyzoryk składa się z trudem it's difficult to fold this penknife.
    3. (= brać udział w składce) pot. chip in.
    4. (= przyjąć pozycję) take position, get ready; składać się do strzału take aim.
    5. dobrze/źle się składa, że... it's fortunate/unfortunate that...; tak się składa, że... as it turns out...

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > składać

  • 108 poder

    m.
    1 power (mando, competencia).
    estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize power
    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    poder calorífico calorific value
    poder de convicción persuasive powers
    tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller
    el poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)
    poderes fácticos the church, military and press
    poderes públicos public authorities
    El poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.
    2 power, authorization.
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do something
    por poderes by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney
    3 faculty.
    4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.
    Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.
    v.
    1 can, to be able to.
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you
    2 can, may (tener permiso).
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?
    ¿se puede? may I come in?
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that
    4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out
    podías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train
    ¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)
    puede que llueva it may o might rain
    ¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may do
    puede ser perhaps, maybe
    5 to be stronger than.
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up
    6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.
    Ella puede correr She is able to run.
    7 to might, to stand to.
    Ella podría surgir She might rise above.
    8 to be capable.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podéis, pueden.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podáis, puedan.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    puede (tú), pueda (él/Vd.), podamos (nos.), poded (vos.), puedan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    1. verb
    1) can
    3) may
    2. noun m.
    4) strength, force
    * * *
    1. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)

    ¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?

    no puede venir — he can't o cannot come

    no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

    2) (=tener permiso para)

    puedes irte — you can o may go

    ¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?

    ¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?

    aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here

    3) [en peticiones]

    ¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?

    ¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?

    4) [indicando eventualidad]

    puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere

    ¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!

    podías haberte roto una pierna — you could o might have broken your leg

    5) [indicando obligación moral]

    ¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!

    6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]

    ¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?

    7) [en sugerencias]
    8) [en reproches]

    ¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!

    habría podido ser más amable — she could o might have been a bit nicer

    ¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)

    ¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!

    2) (=tener permiso)

    ¿se puede? — may I come in?

    ¿puedo? — may I?

    3) (=tener dominio, influencia)

    los que pueden — those who can, those who are able

    el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks

    poder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *

    poder con

    ¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?

    no puedo con él — (=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me

    4) [en locuciones]

    • a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come

    • no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of him

    5) CAm, Méx * (=molestar) [con irritación] to annoy; [con disgusto] to upset
    3.
    VERBO IMPERSONAL
    puede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhaps

    ¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!

    puede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})

    puede (ser) que esté en la biblioteca — he could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library

    puede (ser) que tenga uno ya — he may o might have one already

    puede (ser) que no venga — he may o might not come

    4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO
    1) (=capacidad, facultad) power

    poder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *

    2) (=autoridad, influencia) power
    3) (Pol)

    ¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!

    ¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!

    • bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power

    • el poder central — central government

    • el cuarto poder — the fourth estate

    • los poderes fácticos — the powers that be

    • los poderes públicos — the authorities

    4) (=fuerza, eficacia)
    5) (=potestad)
    pl poderes powers
    6) (Jur)

    • por poderes o LAm poder — by proxy

    7) (=posesión) possession

    • estar u obrar en poder de algn — to be in sb's hands o possession

    esa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession

    • pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession

    8) (Fís, Mec) power
    9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poder — to take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    •
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poder — to take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    •
    * * *
    poder1
    1 = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.

    Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.

    Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.
    Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.
    Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.
    Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.
    Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.
    Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.
    Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.
    * abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.
    * abuso de poder = abuse of power.
    * altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.
    * ansioso de poder = power-hungry.
    * asumir poder = assume + power.
    * ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.
    * círculo de poder = circle of power.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * conceder poderes = give + powers.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * control del poder = hold on power.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dejar sin poder = disempower.
    * división de poderes = division of powers.
    * ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * equilibrio de poder = balance of power.
    * estructura de poder = power structure.
    * frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.
    * gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.
    * gobierno en el poder = ruling government.
    * grupo de poder = power group.
    * hambriento de poder = power-hungry.
    * igualdad de poder = parity of power.
    * inversión de poderes = power reversal.
    * jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.
    * llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * lucha de poderes = power struggle.
    * lucha por el poder = power struggle.
    * luchar de poderes = battle of wills.
    * partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.
    * perder poder = lose + power.
    * pérdida de poder = disempowerment.
    * poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.
    * poder colectivo = collective power.
    * poder curativo = healing power.
    * poder de atracción = drawing power.
    * poder de curación = healing power.
    * poder de discriminación = discretion.
    * poder de enganche = holding power.
    * poder del estado = state power.
    * poder de negociación = bargaining power.
    * poder de representación = power of representation.
    * poder de retención = holding power.
    * poder divino = divine power.
    * poder económico = economic leverage.
    * poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.
    * poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.
    * poder estatal = state power.
    * poder imperial = imperial power.
    * poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.
    * poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.
    * poder legal = statutory power.
    * poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.
    * poder mágico = magical power, magic power.
    * poder notarial = power of attorney.
    * poder político = political power.
    * poder presidencial = presidential power.
    * poder público = public power, public authority.
    * poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.
    * poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.
    * política del poder = power politics.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * posición de poder = position power.
    * quitar el poder = disempower.
    * relación de poder = power relationship.
    * relaciones de poder = power relations.
    * sediento de poder = power-hungry.
    * subida al poder = seizure of power.
    * subir al poder = rise to + power.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tomar el poder = take + power.
    * tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.

    poder2
    2 = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.

    Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.

    Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.
    Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.
    Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.
    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.
    Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    * Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.
    * al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.
    * muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.
    * no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].
    * no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.
    * no poder dormir = sleeplessness.
    * no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.
    * no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no poder permitirse = ill afford.
    * no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.
    * no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.
    * no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.
    * no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.
    * no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).
    * no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.
    * no puedo comprender = I can't get over.
    * No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.
    * poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.
    * poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.
    * poderse contestar = be answerable.
    * poderse integrar en = be integrable in.
    * poderse localizar = be locatable.
    * poder utilizarse = be usable.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * puede que = maybe.
    * puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.
    * ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.
    * que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.
    * que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.
    * que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que puede causar detención = arrestable.
    * que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.
    * que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.
    * que se puede arreglar = fixable.
    * que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].
    * que se puede escuchar = playable.
    * que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.
    * que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * que se puede quitar = detachable.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * que se puede visualizar = viewable.
    * sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.
    * sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.
    * se puede = is to be.
    * siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.
    * sin poder contenerse = helplessly.
    * sin poder dormir = sleepless.
    * sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.
    * todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.

    * * *
    poder1 [ E21 ]
    A tener la capacidad de
    B expresando idea de permiso
    C expresando un derecho moral
    D
    1 en quejas, reproches
    2 en sugerencias
    3 solicitando un favor
    A
    1 poder con algo/alguien
    2 el dinero lo puede todo
    B en locuciones
    C
    1 vencer, ganar
    2 doler
    A con idea de eventualidad
    B en tercera persona
    A
    (tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you can
    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much
    ¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?
    no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughing
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come
    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?
    no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade her
    no pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?
    hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help them
    no se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himself
    no habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your help
    no debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it
    ¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!
    con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on
    ¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!
    B
    (expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?
    ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now
    ¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!
    ¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?
    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?
    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?
    por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you like
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt
    ¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke here
    C
    (expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her
    después de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've done
    es lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can do
    D
    1
    (en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?
    ¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?
    podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    2
    (en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to you
    ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea
    3
    (solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?
    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    ¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?
    A
    1 poder CON algo/algn:
    ¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?
    no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase
    yo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my own
    no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up
    ¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!
    podérsela ( Chi fam); to cope, manage
    no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job
    2
    el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have money
    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst
    gana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fist
    es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come
    corrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we could
    no poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausted
    a mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything else
    ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child
    no podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)
    ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad
    no poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flattered
    no puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I am
    no pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were right
    C
    1 ( fam)
    (vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat him
    tu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as mine
    a gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable
    2
    ( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeply
    nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's death
    A
    (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any moment
    de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with him
    no sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put it
    no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspicious
    puede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were out
    hace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?
    te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!
    un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millions
    no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder
    llaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?
    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again
    Pilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been Pilar
    ¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possible
    no puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished already
    si puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row four
    me habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to be
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right
    puede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us
    ¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may
    ¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe not
    A
    1 (control, influencia) power
    el poder de la prensa the power of the press
    tiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the village
    la Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no power
    Constantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turks
    estamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power
    2 ( Pol):
    el poder power
    estar en el poder to be in power
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    asumir el poder to assume power
    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 years
    lleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four years
    toda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fame
    el poder en la sombra the power behind the throne
    el poder corrompe power corrupts
    B
    (posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authorities
    hay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his hands
    obra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutes
    la solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head office
    C
    1
    (derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matter
    la entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of power
    los poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powers
    los poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in him
    la separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the State
    2 ( Der) (documento) letter of authorization; (hecho ante notario) power of attorney
    casarse por poder( AmL) or ( Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    D
    1 (capacidad, facultad) power
    su poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasion
    el poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestion
    tiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers
    2 (de un motor, aparato) power
    Compuestos:
    masculine absolute power
    masculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending power
    masculine divine power
    el poder ejecutivo the executive
    mpl power of attorney
    mpl:
    los poderes públicos the authorities
    el poder judicial the judiciary
    el poder legislativo the legislature
    * * *

     

    poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
    1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):

    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
    no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
    no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
    2

    ◊ ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;

    ¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
    puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in;
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here

    ◊ ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    3 ( expresando derecho moral):

    4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    ( con idea de esfuerzo)
    1 poder con algo/algn:
    ◊ ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;

    no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
    estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;

    ( lleno) I can't eat anything else;

    2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;

    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
    no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
    puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
    3 (Méx) ( doler):

    poder 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (control, influencia) power;


    estamos en su poder we are in her power
    b) (Pol)


    estar en el poder to be in power;
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    2 ( posesión):
    ◊ la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …

    3
    a) (derecho, atribución) power;



    ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    4
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power;


    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power

    poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
    Jur por poderes, by proxy
    Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
    poder 2
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
    podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
    2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
    ¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
    no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
    las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
    3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
    puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
    2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
    En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
    Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
    ' poder' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abusar
    - abuso
    - adquisitiva
    - adquisitivo
    - ámbito
    - caber
    - CGPJ
    - concentrar
    - continuismo
    - desgaste
    - desperdicio
    - destronar
    - desvelarse
    - dominio
    - entregar
    - erótica
    - excedente
    - garra
    - grabar
    - grandeza
    - idea
    - informal
    - judicial
    - legislativa
    - legislativo
    - manifestarse
    - mano
    - obrar
    - parcela
    - remediar
    - respirar
    - sátrapa
    - sed
    - seducción
    - someterse
    - sugestión
    - usurpar
    - ver
    - acumular
    - anhelar
    - ansia
    - ansiar
    - atribuir
    - autoridad
    - ávido
    - ceder
    - clavar
    - confiar
    English:
    able
    - abuse
    - afford
    - anything
    - assume
    - assumption
    - can
    - conform
    - cope
    - encroach
    - fold
    - form
    - foursome
    - get
    - glad
    - greed
    - greediness
    - greedy
    - handle
    - hungry
    - lust
    - make
    - manage
    - may
    - might
    - office
    - out
    - power
    - power of attorney
    - proxy
    - purchasing power
    - seize
    - seizure
    - spending power
    - stick
    - stranglehold
    - take aside
    - takeover
    - unable
    - use
    - utmost
    - whichever
    - zenith
    - could
    - executive
    - height
    - helplessly
    - judiciary
    - lie
    - peace
    * * *
    poder1 nm
    1. [mando, autoridad] power;
    la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;
    estar en el poder to be in power;
    hacerse con o [m5] tomar el poder to seize power;
    perder el poder to lose power;
    el poder corrompe power corrupts;
    la separación de poderes the separation of powers;
    de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;
    el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sides
    poder absoluto absolute power;
    el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;
    los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;
    el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;
    el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;
    poderes públicos (public) authorities
    2. [posesión, control]
    estar en poder de alguien to be in sb's hands;
    obra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;
    tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;
    el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;
    la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank
    3. [capacidad] power;
    un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;
    tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powers
    poder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;
    poder calorífico calorific value;
    poder de convicción persuasive powers;
    poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;
    Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force
    4. [autorización] power, authorization;
    [documento] power of attorney;
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;
    tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;
    por poderes by proxy;
    casarse por Esp [m5] poderes o Am [m5] poder to marry by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]
    ♦ vi
    1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;
    ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;
    ¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;
    al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;
    ¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;
    de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;
    en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;
    si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance
    2. [tener permiso] can, may;
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;
    ¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;
    ¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;
    ¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;
    no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;
    ¿se puede? may I come in?;
    ¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?
    3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;
    ¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?
    4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;
    puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;
    puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;
    podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;
    ¿dónde puede o [m5] podrá estar? where can it have got to?;
    ¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;
    ya podemos despedirnos de un aumento de sueldo we can forget our pay Br rise o US raise now
    5. [tener fuerza]
    poder con [enfermedad, rival] to be able to overcome;
    [tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;
    ¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;
    no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;
    no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;
    no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;
    ¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!
    6. Méx [doler] to hurt
    7. [en frases]
    a o [m5] hasta más no poder as much as can be;
    es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;
    llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;
    la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;
    no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;
    [estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;
    no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;
    Fam
    ¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;
    no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop
    ♦ v impersonal
    [ser posible] may;
    puede que llueva it may o might rain;
    puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;
    ¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;
    puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;
    lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;
    puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;
    ¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!
    ♦ vt
    1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;
    mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any day
    2. Méx [doler]
    me puede mucho que me desprecies it hurts me a lot that you look down on me;
    le pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it
    * * *
    I v/aux
    1 capacidad can, be able to;
    no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her
    2 permiso can, be allowed to;
    ¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?
    3 posibilidad may, might;
    ¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told him
    II v/i
    :
    poder con ( sobreponerse a) manage, cope with;
    me puede he can beat me;
    es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;
    comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;
    no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;
    a poder ser if possible;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    ¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;
    puede que perhaps, maybe;
    puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;
    ¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;
    no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could do
    III m tb POL power;
    en poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;
    plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;
    por poderes, L.Am.
    por poder JUR by proxy;
    los poder es públicos the authorities
    * * *
    poder {58} v aux
    1) : to be able to, can
    no puede hablar: he can't speak
    2) (expressing possibility) : might, may
    puede llover: it may rain at any moment
    ¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?
    ¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?
    ¿se puede?: may I come in?
    poder vi
    1) : to beat, to defeat
    cree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone
    2) : to be possible
    ¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe
    3)
    poder con : to cope with, to manage
    ¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!
    4)
    no poder más : to have had enough
    no puede más: she can't take anymore
    5)
    no poder menos que : to not be able to help
    no pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazed
    poder nm
    1) : control, power
    poder adquisitivo: purchasing power
    2) : authority
    el poder legislativo: the legislature
    3) : possession
    está en mi poder: it's in my hands
    4) : strength, force
    poder militar: military might
    * * *
    poder2 vb
    1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to
    ¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?
    ¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?
    ¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?
    2. (permiso) can / may
    ¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?
    ¿se puede pasar? can I come in?
    3. (probabilidad) may / could / might
    puede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might not
    poder con to manage / to cope with

    Spanish-English dictionary > poder

  • 109 FARA

    go
    * * *
    (fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.
    1) to move, pass along, go;
    gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;
    fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);
    fara á fund e-s to visit one;
    fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;
    hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;
    absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);
    2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;
    fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);
    fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;
    fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;
    fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;
    fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;
    fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;
    fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;
    fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;
    fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;
    fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;
    fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;
    with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);
    3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;
    fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;
    4) fara einn saman, to go alone;
    fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);
    5) with infin.;
    fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);
    fara vega, to go to fight;
    fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);
    6) with an a., etc.;
    fara villr, to go astray;
    fara haltr, to walk lame;
    fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;
    fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;
    fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;
    fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;
    eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;
    fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;
    fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;
    7) to turn out, end;
    fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);
    svá fór, at, the end was, that;
    ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;
    á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;
    8) to fare well, ill;
    biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;
    9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);
    impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;
    10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;
    honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;
    e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;
    11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);
    fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);
    12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);
    tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;
    áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;
    13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;
    menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;
    14) to put an end to, destroy;
    fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;
    fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;
    þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;
    15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);
    16) refl., farast;
    17) with preps. and advs.:
    fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;
    fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);
    fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;
    ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);
    to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;
    fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;
    fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;
    hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;
    impers. with dat., to do, behave;
    illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);
    fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;
    fara at fé, to tend sheep;
    fara á e-n, to come upon one;
    sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;
    fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;
    fara eptir e-m, to follow one;
    fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);
    þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;
    fara fram, to go on, take place;
    ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;
    veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;
    spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;
    fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;
    allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;
    kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;
    segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;
    fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;
    spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;
    fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);
    fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;
    fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);
    fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;
    fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;
    fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;
    fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;
    fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);
    fara í vöxt, to increase;
    fara í þurð, to wane;
    fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;
    nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;
    to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);
    fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;
    fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;
    fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;
    fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;
    to practice, deal in;
    fara með rán, to deal in robbery;
    fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;
    fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;
    to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);
    fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;
    fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);
    fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;
    hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;
    sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;
    fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;
    fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;
    undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;
    fara með barni, to go with child;
    impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;
    fara ór landi, to leave the country;
    fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;
    fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;
    fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;
    to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);
    fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);
    fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);
    fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);
    fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;
    fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;
    fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);
    borð fara upp, the tables are removed;
    fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);
    fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);
    fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;
    margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;
    fara yfir e-t, to go through;
    nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;
    skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.
    * * *
    pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]
    A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.
    2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.
    β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.
    3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.
    β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.
    4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.
    II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.
    2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.
    3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.
    4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.
    β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.
    5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.
    β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.
    γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.
    δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
    6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.
    7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.
    8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.
    9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.
    10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.
    11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.
    III. metaph.,
    1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.
    2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.
    3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.
    β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.
    γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.
    δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.
    ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.
    4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.
    β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.
    γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.
    δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.
    IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.
    β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.
    γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.
    V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).
    2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.
    VI. part.,
    1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.
    2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.
    β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
    B. TRANS.
    I. with acc.:
    1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.
    2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.
    II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.
    β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.
    2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.
    β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.
    γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.
    δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.
    3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA

  • 110 FALLA

    * * *
    (fell; féll, féllum; fallinn), v.
    eigi fellr tré við fyrsta högg, a tree falls not with the first stroke;
    falla af baki, to fall from horse back;
    falla á kné, to fall on one’s knees;
    falla áfram (á bak aptr), to fall forwards (backwards);
    falla flatr, to fall prostrate;
    falla til jarðar, to fall to the ground;
    refl., láta fallast (= sik falla), to let oneself fall (þá lét Loki falla í kné Skaða);
    2) to drop down dead, be killed, fall (in battle);
    3) to die of plague (féllu fátœkir menn um alit land);
    4) to flow, run (of water, stream, tide);
    særinn fell út frá landi, ebbed;
    féll sjór fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave-mouth;
    síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose;
    þeir sá þá ós mikinn falla í sjóinn, fall into the sea;
    á fél (a river flowed) við skála Ásólfs;
    var skipit svá hlaðit, at inn féll um söxin, that the sea rushed in at the prow;
    5) of clothes, hair, to fall, hang down;
    hárit féll á herðar honum aptr, the hair fell back on his shoulders;
    létu kvennváðir um kné falla, they let women’s dress fall about hi s knees;
    6) to fall, calm down (of the wind);
    féll veðrit (the storm fell) ok gerði logn;
    7) to fail, be foiled;
    sá eiðr fellr honum til útlegðar, if he fails in taking the oath, he shall be liable to outlawry;
    falla á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain;
    falla or fallast at máli, sókn, to fail in one’s suit;
    falla frá máli, to give it up;
    fallinn at frændum, bereft of kinsmen;
    dœmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar yðrar eignir, I sentence your estates to be forfieited for his slaughter;
    refl., ef gerðarmenn láta fallast, if the umpires fail to do their duty;
    þá fallust öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, then voice and hands alike failed the Gods;
    féllust þeim allar kvéðjur, their greetings died on their lips;
    vill sá eigi falust láta andsvör, he will not fail or falter in replying;
    mér féll svá gæfusamliga (it befell me so quickly), at;
    stundum kann svá at falla, at, sometimes it may so happen that;
    9) to be had or produced (þat járn fellr í firði þeim; þar fellr hveiti ok vín);
    10) with adv., e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, a thing falls heavily, lightly upon one (þetta mun ðr þungt falla);
    féll þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle turned against the emperor;
    e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly;
    henni féll meinit svá nær, at, the illness fell on her so sore, that;
    mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him;
    hörmuliga fellr oss nú, at, it falls out sadly for us, that;
    11) to please, suit;
    kvað sér, þat vel falla til attekta, said that it suited him well for drawing revenue from;
    honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise was pleasant in his ears;
    jarli féllst þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it;
    mun mér illa falla, ef, it will displease me, if;
    féll vel á með þeim, they were on good terms;
    refl., honum féllst þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, he was pleased with it;
    féllst hvárt öðru vel í geð, they loved each other;
    12) with preps. and advs.,
    falla af, to fall, abate (féll af vindr, byrr);
    falla á e-n, to befall one;
    þær féllu lyktir í, at, the end was, that;
    falla í e-t, to fall into;
    falla í brot, to fall in a fit;
    falla í óvit, to faint, swoon;
    falla í villu, to fall into heresy;
    falla í vald e-s, to fall into one’s power;
    féll veðrit í logn, the storm calmed down;
    falla niðr, to fall, drop;
    mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr falla, my poem will soon be forgotten;
    féll svá niðr þeirra tal, their conversation dropped, they left off talking;
    falla saman, to fill in with, agree;
    þó at eigi félli alit saman með þeim, though they, did not agree in everything;
    falla til, to occur, happen, fall out;
    ef auðna fellr til, if luck will have it so;
    litlu síðar féll til fagrt leiði, fair wind came on;
    öll þingviti, er til falla, all the fines that may fall in, be due;
    nema þörf falli til, unless need be;
    sem sakir falla til, as the case falls;
    falla undir e-n, to fall to one’s lot (of inheritance, obligation);
    arfr fellr undir e-n, devolves upon one;
    falla út, to recede, of the tide (þá er út féll sjórinn);
    falla við árar, to fall to at the oars.
    * * *
    pret. féll, 2nd pers. féllt, mod. féllst, pl. féllu; pres. fell, pl. föllum; part. fallinn; reflex. féllsk, fallisk, etc., with the neg. suffix fellr-at, féll-at, féllsk-at, Am. 6, vide Lex. Poët. [Common to all Teut. languages except Goth. (Ulf. renders πίπτειν by drjûsan); A. S. feallan; Engl. fall; Germ. fallen; Dan. falde; Swed. falla.]
    A. to fall; as in Engl. so in Icel. falla is the general word, used in the broadest sense; in the N. T. it is therefore used much in the same passages as in the Engl. V., e. g. Matth. v. 14, vii. 25, 27, x. 29, xii. 11, xiii. 4, xxi. 44, Luke xiv. 5, John xii. 24, Rom. xi. 11, xiv. 4, 1 Cor. x. 12, 1 Tim. vi. 9, Rev. viii. 10: blómstrið fellr, James i. 11: again, the verbs hrynja and hrapa denote ruin or sudden fall, detta a light fall, hrasa stumbling; thus in the N. T. hrynja is used, Luke xxiii. 30, Rev. vi. 16; hrapa, Luke x. 18, xi. 17, xiii. 4, Matth. xxiv. 29; hrasa, Luke x. 30; detta, xvi. 21: the proverb, eigi fellr tré við hit fyrsta högg, a tree falls not by the first stroke, Nj. 163, 224; hann féll fall mikit, Bs. i. 343; hón féll geigvænliga, id.; falla af baki, to fall from horseback, 344; f. áfram, to fall forwards, Nj. 165; f. á bak aptr, to fall on the back, 9; f. um háls e-m, to fall on one’s neck, Luke xv. 20; f. til jarðar, to fall to the ground, fall prostrate, Fms. vii. 13, Pass. 5. 4: to fall on one’s face, Stj. 422. Ruth ii. 10; f. fram, to fall down, Matth. iv. 9; f. dauðr ofan, to fall down dead, Fær. 31; ok jafnsnart féll á hann dimma og myrkr, Acts xiii. 11; hlutr fellr, the lot fell (vide hlut-fall), i. 26.
    2. to fall dead, fall in battle, Lat. cadere, Nj. 31, Eg. 7, 495, Dropl. 25, 36, Hm. 159, Fms. i. 8, 11, 24, 38, 95, 173, 177, 178, ii. 318, 324, 329, iii. 5, iv. 14, v. 55, 59, 78, 85, vi. 406–421, vii–xi, passim.
    3. of cattle, to die of plague or famine, Ann. 1341.
    4. medic., falla í brot, to fall in a fit, Bs. i. 335; f. í óvit, to swoon, Nj. 210: the phrase, f. frá, to fall, die (frá-fall, death), Grág. i. 139, 401, Fms. iv. 230, vii. 275; f. í svefn, to fall asleep, Acts xx. 9.
    II. to flow, run, of water, stream, tide, etc.: of the tide, særinn féll út frá landi, ebbed, Clem. 47; féll þar sær fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave’s mouth, Orkn. 428; síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose, Ld. 58; ok þá er út féll sjórinn, Þorf. Karl. 420; sjórinn féll svá skjótt á land, at skipin vóru öll á floti, Fms. iv. 65: also used of snow, rain, dew, Vsp. 19; snjó-fall, a fall of snow: of the ashes of a volcano, cp. ösku-fall, s. v. aska: of a breaker, to dash, menn undruðusk er boði féll í logni, þar sem engi maðr vissi ván til at fyrri hefði fallit, Orkn. 164: of a river, nema þar falli á sú er eigi gengr fé yfir, Grág. ii. 256; vötn þau er ór jöklum höfðu fallit, Eg. 133; á féll ( flowed) við skála Ásólfs, Landn. 50, A. A. 285; þeir sá þá ós (fors, Hb.) mikinn falla í sjóinn, Landn. 29, v. l., cp. Fms. i. 236; Markar-fljót féll í millum höfuð-ísa, Nj. 142; á fellr austan, Vsp. 42; falla forsar, 58; læk er féll meðal landa þeirra, Landn. 145: of sea water, sjár kolblár fellr at þeim, the ship took in water, Ld. 118, Mar. 98; svá at inn féll um söxin, that the tea rushed in at the stern, Sturl. iii. 66.
    2. to stream, of hair; hárit silki-bleikt er féll ( streamed) á herðar honum aptr, Fms. vii. 155.
    β. of clothes, drapery, Edda (Ht. 2) 121.
    III. to fall, of the wind; féll veðrit ok görði logn, the wind fell, Eg. 372; þá féll byrrinn, Eb. 8; ok fellr veðrit er þeir koma út at eyjum, Ld. 116; hón kvaðsk mundu ráða at veðrit félli eigi, Gullþ. 30; í því bili fellr andviðrit, Fbr. 67; þá féll af byrrinn, Fms. vi. 17.
    2. falla niðr, to fall, drop; mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr f., my poem will soon be forgotten, Fms. vi. 198; mun þat (in the poem) aldri niðr f. meðan Norðrlönd eru bygð, 372; féll svá þeirra tal, their speech dropped, they left off talking, Fas. iii. 579; as a law term, to let a thing drop, lát niðr f., Fs. 182; féllu hálfar bætr niðr fyrir sakastaði þá er hann þótti á eiga, Nj. 166, 250, Band. 18; þat eitt fellr niðr, Grág. i. 398, Fms. vii. 137; falla í verði, to fall in price, etc.
    IV. to fail, be foiled, a law term; sá (viz. eiðr) fellr honum til útlegðar, i. e. if he fails in taking the oath he shall be liable to outlawry, N. G. L. i. 84 (eið-fall); en ef eiðr fellr, þá fari hann útlægr, K. Á. 214; fellr aldri sekt handa á milli, the fine is never cancelled, N. G. L. i. 345; f. á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain, Eg. 736; vera fallinn at sókn, to fail in one’s suit, N. G. L. i. 166; hence metaph. fallin at frændum, failing, bereft of friends, Hðm. 5; fallinn frá minu máli, having given my case up, Sks. 554, 747; því dæmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar eignir ykkar, I sentence your estates to lie forfeited for his slaughter, Fs. 122; f. í konungs garð, to forfeit to the king’s treasury. Fms. iv. 227; reflex., ef honum fellsk þessor brigð, if his right of reclamation fails, Gþl. 300; ef menn fallask at því, if men fail in that, N. G. L. ii. 345; ef gerð fellsk, if the reparation comes to naught, id.; ef gerðar-menn láta fallask, if they fail to do their duty, id., cp. i. 133, 415; to fail, falter, in the phrase, e-m fallask hendr, the hands fail one; bliknaði hann ok féllusk honum hendr, Ó. H. 70; þá féllusk öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, their voice and hands alike failed them, Edda 37; en bóndum féllusk hendr, því á þeir höfðu þá engan foringja, Fms. vi. 281; féllusk þeim allar kveðjur er fyrir vóru, their greeting faltered, i. e. the greeting died on their lips, Nj. 140; vill sá eigi fallask fáta andsvör, he would not fail or falter in replying, Hkr. i. 260; féllskat saðr sviðri, her judgment did not fail, Am. 6.
    V. metaph., falla í villu, to fall into heresy, Ver. 47; f. í hórdóm, to fall into whoredom, Sks. 588; f. í vald e-s. to fall into one’s power, Ld. 166; f. í fullsælu, to drop ( come suddenly) into great wealth, Band. 31; f. í fullting við e-n, to fall a-helping one, to take one’s part, Grág. i. 24; lyktir falla á e-t, to come to a close, issue, Fms. ix. 292. xi. 326; f. á, to fall on, of misfortune, vide á-fall.
    2. falla undir e-n, to full to one’s lot, of inheritance, obligation; arfr fellr undir e-n. devolves upon one, Gþl. 215; f. frjáls á jörð to be free born, N. G. L. i. 32; f. ánanðigr á jörð, to be born a bondsman, Grág. ii. 192.
    3. falla við árar, to fall to at the oars, Fms. xi. 73, 103; Þorgeirr féll þá svá fast á árar (pulled, so bard), at af gengu báðir háirnir, Grett. 125 A; f. fram við árar, id., Fas. ii. 495 (in a verse).
    VI. to fall out, befall; ef auðna fellr til, if it so falls out by luck, Fms. iv. 148; ef auðna vildi til f. með þeim, xi. 267; litlu siðar fellr til fagrt leiði, a fair wind befell them, 426; alla hluti þá er til kunni f., Nj. 224; öll þingvíti er til f., all the fines that may fall in, be due, Gþl. 21; nema þörf falli til, unless a mishap befalls him, i. e. unless he be in a strait, 76; mér féll svá gæfusamliga, it befell me so luckily, Barl. 114; verðuliga er fallit á mik þetta tilfelli, this accident has justly befallen me, 115; sem sakir f. til, as the case falls, Eg. 89.
    2. to fall, be produced; þat (the iron) fellr í firði þeim er Ger heitir, Fas. iii. 240; þar fellr hveiti ok vín, 360.
    VII. impers. in the phrases, e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, etc., a thing falls lightly, heavily upon, esp. of feeling; þetta mun yðr þungt f., it will fall heavily on you, Band. 18; felir þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle fell out ill to ( turned against) the emperor, Fms. xi. 32; at oss mundi þungt f. þessi mál, Nj. 191.
    2. the phrases, e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly; svá fellr mér þetta nær um trega, Nj. 170; sjá einn var svá hlutr, at Njáli féll svá nær, at hana mátti aldri óklökvandi um tala, this one thing touched Njal so nearly, that he could never speak of it without tears, 171; mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him, Blas. 41; henni féll meinit svá, nær, at …, the illness fell on her so sore, that …, Bs. i. 178; féll henni nær allt saman, she was much vexed by it all (of illness), 351; e-t fellr bágliga, hörmuliga etc. fyrir e-m, things fall out sadly for one. Vígl. 30, El. 15.
    B. Metaph. to fall in with, agree, fit, suit, Germ. gefallen:
    I. to please, suit; kvað sér þat vel falla til aftekta, said that it suited him well for drawing taxes from, Fb. ii. 122: en allt þat, er hann heyrði frá himnaguði, féll honum harla vel, pleased him very well, Fms. i. 133; honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise suited his ears well, tickled, pleased his fancy, Bret. 16: reflex., þat lof fellsk honum í eyru, 4; jarli fellsk þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it, Bjarn. 7.
    β. falla saman, to fall in with, comply, agree; en þó at eigi félli allt saman með þeim, though they did not agree in all, Bs. i. 723.
    γ. féllsk vel á með þeim, they loved one another, Fas. i. 49; féll vel á með þeim Styrkári, i. e. he and S. were on good terms, Fms. iii. 120.
    δ. honum féllsk þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, pleased him, Fas. i. 364; féllsk hvárt öðru vel í geð, they agreed well, liked one another well, Band. 9; fallask á e-t, to like a thing; brátt kvartar að mér fellst ei á, Bb. 3. 23.
    2. to beseem, befit; heldr fellr þeim ( it befits them), at sýna öðrum með góðvilja, Str. 2.
    3. falla at e-u, to apply to, refer to; þetta eitt orð er at fellr eiðstafnum, Band. MS. 15 (Ed. 18 wrongly eiðrinn instead of eiðnum).
    4. the phrase ‘falla við’ in Luke vi. 36 (bótin af því hinu nýja fellr eigi við hið gamla) means to agree with; hence also viðfeldinn, agreeable:—but in the two passages to be cited falla við seems to be intended for falda við, to enfold; hvergi nema þar sem falli við akr eða eng, unless field or meadow be increased or improved, N. G. L. ii. 116; ekki má falla (qs. falda) við hamingju-leysi mitt, ‘tis impossible to add a fold to my bad luck, it cannot be worse than it is, Al. 110.
    II. part. fallinn; svá f., such-like, so framed; eitt lítið dýr er svá fallið, at …, a small animal is so framed, that …, Stj. 77; hví man hinn sami maðr svá fallinn, how can the same man be so framed? Fms. xi. 429:—in law phrases, such-like, as follows, svá fallinn vitnisburð, testimony as follows, Vm. 47; svo fallinn órskurð, dóm, etc., a decision, sentence … as follows, a standing phrase; þá leið fallinn, such, such-like (Germ. beschaffen), Stj. 154.
    2. fallinn vel, illa, etc., well, ill-disposed; hann var vænn maðr ok vel fallinn, Fms. xi. 422; þau vóru tröll bæði ok at öllu illa fallin, Bárð. 165; fitted, worthy, bezt til konungs fallinn, Fms. i. 58; ok er hann bezt til þess f. af þessum þremr, vi. 386; at hann væri betr til fallinn at deyja fyrir þá sök en faðir hans, that he more deserved to die than his father did, x. 3; Ólafr er betr til yfirmanns f. enn mínir synir, Ld. 84; margir eru betr til fallnir fararinnar, Ísl. ii. 327; Hallgerðr kvað hann sér vel fallinn til verkstjóra, Nj. 57; sá er til þess er f., Sks. 299; ‘worthy,’ 1 Cor. vi. 2.
    3. neut. fit; ok hætti þá er honum þótti fallit, when he thought fit, Fms. vi. 364; slík reip sem f. þykir, as seems needful, Sks. 420; væri þat vel fallit, at …, it would do well, to …, Fms. ii. 115; þat mun nú vel fallit, that will be right, that will do well, Nj. 145; kallaði vel til fallit, said it was quite right, Fms. xi. 321.
    4. of a thing, with dat. suited to one; eigi þyki mér þér sú ferð vel fallin, i. e. this journey will not do for thee, will not do thee good, Fms. vi. 200; cp. ó-fallit, unfit.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FALLA

  • 111 tirare

    1. v/t pull
    ( tendere) stretch
    ( lanciare) throw
    ( sparare) fire
    ( tracciare) draw
    tirare fuori take out
    bambino bring up
    tirare giù take down
    2. v/i pull
    di abito be too tight
    di vento blow
    ( sparare) shoot
    tirare avanti ( arrangiarsi) get by, manage
    ( continuare) keep going
    tirare dritto go straight on
    tirare a sorte draw lots
    * * *
    tirare v.tr.
    1 to pull; to draw*; ( trascinare) to drag: tira, non spingere, pull, don't push; tirare una corda, to pull a rope; una carrozza tirata da quattro cavalli, a coach drawn by four horses; tirava un sacco pesante, he was dragging a heavy sack; tirò il tavolo vicino al muro, he drew the table near the wall; tirare la manica a qlcu., tirare qlcu. per la manica, to pull (o to pluck) s.o.'s sleeve; tirare il campanello, to pull the bell; tirare le reti, to haul in the nets // una parola tira l'altra, one thing leads to another // una ciliegia tira l'altra, cherries are moreish // il suo comportamento tira gli schiaffi, his behaviour gets my goat // tirare il fiato, to get one's breath back // tirarsi gente in casa, to bring people home // tirare qlcu. dalla propria parte, to bring s.o. round to one's point of view // tirare giù, to pull down, to let down; ( abbassare) to lower: tirare giù la saracinesca, to pull down the shutter (o to let the shutter down); tirare giù un libro da uno scaffale, to take down a book from a shelf; (comm.) tirare giù un prezzo, to lower (o to reduce) a price // tirare su, to pull up; ( raccogliere) to pick up: tira su quel pezzo di carta dal pavimento, pick up that piece of paper from the floor; tirarsi su le calze, to pull up one's socks; tirarsi su i capelli, to put up one's hair; tirare su un muro, to build a wall; tirare su un bambino, to bring up a child; le vacanze l'hanno tirato su, the holidays have set him up again // tirare dentro, to bring in; hanno tirato dentro anche me, they dragged me into it too // tirare fuori, to draw out: tirò fuori l'abito dalla valigia, she drew out the dress from the case; tira fuori le mani di tasca, take your hands out of your pockets; tira fuori tutto quello che hai da dire, spill the beans; tirare fuori la verità, to come out with the truth; tirare fuori qlcu., ( di prigione) to have (o to get) s.o. out (of prison) // tirare via, ( togliere) to take away; to pull out (o off o away): tira via la sedia, take away the chair; hanno tirato via l'etichetta, they have pulled off the label; tirò via un chiodo, he pulled out a nail; tirare via un lavoro, ( non farlo accuratamente) to finish off a job // tirarsi dietro, to draw (o to pull) after oneself; ( portare con sé) to drag after oneself: si tirò dietro la porta, he pulled the door to after him; devo sempre tirarmi dietro mio fratello, I always have to drag my brother around after me // tirarsi addosso le critiche di tutti, to make oneself the object of everybody's criticism
    2 ( lanciare) to throw*: tirare un sasso a un cane, to throw a stone at a dog; tirare una freccia, to shoot an arrow; tirare ( il pallone) in porta, a rete, to shoot // tirare i dadi, to throw dice // tirare calci, pugni, to kick, to punch
    3 ( tendere) to draw*: tirare le tende, to draw the curtains; tirare un filo, to put up a line, ( delle calze) to pull a thread (in one's stockings) // tirare una riga, to draw a line // tirare l'arco, to bend (o to draw) the bow // tirarla, ( vivere in ristrettezze) to have trouble making ends meet // tirare tardi, giorno, mattina, (region.) to stay up late; tirare notte, to pass the time
    4 ( ricavare) to draw; ( fare) to make*: tirare una conclusione, to draw a conclusion; tirare le somme, to sum up (anche fig.) // tirare la paga, l'affitto, (antiq.) to draw (o to collect) one's wages, the rent
    5 ( far diventare): tirare a lucido, a cera, to polish; essere tirato a lucido, (fig.) to be dolled up
    6 ( stampare) to print, to run* off: tirare 1000 copie di un libro, to print (o to run off) 1000 copies of a book; tirare le bozze, to pull proofs
    ◆ v. intr.
    1 to go* on, to carry on: ''Come va?'' ''Si tira avanti'', ''How are you?'' ''Not so bad'' (o ''Could be worse''); tirarono avanti per parecchi chilometri, they went on for many kilometres
    2 ( mirare, tendere) to approach, to tend: un grigio che tira all'azzurro, a bluish grey // tirare ai soldi, to aim at money
    3 (fig. fam.) ( avere inclinazione) to prefer (sthg.): tira più per la pallacanestro che per il calcio, he prefers basketball to football
    4 ( sparare) to shoot*; ( far fuoco) to fire: sa tirare bene, he is a good shot; ordinò loro di tirare, he ordered them to fire; tirare a qlcu., to shoot (o to fire) at s.o. // tirare di scherma, di spada, to fence; tirare di boxe, to box
    5 ( soffiare) to blow*: tira vento, the wind is blowing (o it is windy) // tira aria di tempesta, (fig.) a storm is in the air (o there is a stormy atmosphere)
    6 ( avere tiraggio) to draw*: il camino non tira, the chimney doesn't draw; questo sigaro tira bene, this cigar draws well // (econ.): l'industria automobilistica tira, the car industry is thriving; questa azienda non tira, this firm is not doing well
    8 ( di strada) to go* uphill, to run* uphill
    9 ( di indumenti, stringere) to be tight: questo vestito tira sui fianchi, this dress is too tight on the hips
    10 ( essere teso) to feel* tight: mi tira la pelle della faccia, the skin of my face feels tight
    11 ( contrattare) to bargain: tirare sul prezzo, to bargain (o to haggle)
    12 (non com.) ( somigliare) to take* after: tira dalla nonna, she takes after her grandmother.
    ◘ tirarsi v.rifl.
    1 to draw*; to drag: si tirò da parte, he drew to one side // tirare su, ( alzarsi) to draw oneself up; ( riprendersi) to feel better: si tirò su quando mi vide, he drew himself up (o stood up) when he saw me // tirare indietro, to draw back, (fig.) to hold back
    2 (ant.) to go*.
    * * *
    [ti'rare]
    1. vt
    1) (gen) to pull, (slitta) to pull, drag, (rimorchio) to tow, (Culin : pasta) to stretch

    tirare qn da parte — to take o draw sb aside

    tirare qn per i capelli — to pull sb's hair, fig to force sb

    tirare fuori — to pull out, take out

    tirare su qn/qc — to pull sb/sth up

    tirare su qn — (fig : rallegrare) to cheer sb up, (allevare) to bring sb up

    tirarsi dietro qn — to bring o drag sb along

    tirarsi addosso qc — to pull sth down on top of o.s., fig to bring sth upon o.s.

    2) (chiudere: tende) to draw, close, pull

    tirare la porta — to close the door, pull the door to

    3) (tracciare, disegnare) to draw, trace, (stampare) to print
    4) (lanciare: sasso, palla) to throw, fling, (colpo, freccia) to fire, (fig : bestemmie, imprecazioni) to hurl, let fly
    2. vi
    (aus avere) (sogg : pipa, camino) to draw, (vestito, indumento) to be tight

    tirare avanti — (fig : vivere) to get by, (proseguire) to struggle on

    tirare tardi/mattina — to stay up late/till the early hours o dawn

    tirare col fucile/con l'arco — to shoot with a rifle/with a bow and arrow

    che aria tira? fig — what are things like?, what's the situation like?

    il mercato/l'economia tira — the market/the economy is thriving

    3. vr (tirarsi)

    tirarsi indietro — to draw o move back, fig to back out

    tirarsi su — to pull o.s. up, fig to cheer o.s. up

    * * *
    [ti'rare] 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (esercitare una trazione su) to pull [catena, corda, leva, freno a mano]; to pull, to tug [ capelli]; (per chiudere) to draw*, to pull [ tende]

    tirare qcn. per il braccio — to pull sb. by the arm o sb.'s arm

    2) (lanciare) to throw*, to toss, to fling* [ pallone]; to throw*, to cast* [sasso, dadi]; to shoot*, to fire [ freccia]; (sparare) to shoot*, to fire [proiettile, granata]; to fire, to take* [ colpo]

    tirare qcs. a qcn. — to throw sth. at sb., to toss sb. sth

    tirare calci — [persona, animale] to kick (out)

    tirare un rigore — sport to kick a penalty

    4) (tendere) to stretch, to tighten [ filo]; to draw* [ arco]; (stendere) gastr. to roll out [ pasta]
    5) (trainare) to draw*, to pull [roulotte, carro, aratro, slitta]
    6) (tracciare) to draw* [linea, tratto]
    8) (trarre, ricavare) to draw* [acqua, vino]
    9) tip. to print [ libro]; to run* off [ copia]
    10) tirare dentro (portare dentro) to bring* in(side); fig. (coinvolgere) to bring* into, to drag into
    11) tirare dietro to throw* [sth.] behind

    te li tirano dietro — fig. they are two o ten a penny, they are a dime a dozen

    12) tirare fuori to take* out, to draw* out, to get* out, to pull out [documenti, ombrello, portafogli]; to get* out [ auto]; to bring* out, to get* out, to pull out [fazzoletto, pistola]; to come* up with [idea, risposta]; to come* out with [scusa, verità]; to poke out, to put* out, to stick* out [ lingua]

    tirare fuori da qcs. — to take o draw [sth.] out of sth., to produce [sth.] from sth. [ oggetto]

    tirami fuori di qui! — (fare uscire) get me out of this place!

    tirare qcn. fuori dai guai — to get sb. out of trouble

    13) tirare giù (abbassare) to take* down, to pull down [pantaloni, mutande]; to draw* down [tapparella, velo, tenda]; to let* down [ orlo]; to fold down [ lenzuolo]; to roll down [ maniche]; to wind* down, to put* down [ finestrino]; fig. to bring* down, to knock back [ prezzo]; (buttare per terra) to throw* [sb., sth.] to the ground; (abbattere) to shoot* down [ aereo]

    tirare giù qcn. dal letto — to get o drag o haul sb. out of bed

    14) tirare indietro to put* back, to throw* back [ spalle]; to slide* back [ sedile]; (pettinare) to push back [ capelli]
    15) tirare in dentro to pull in [ pancia]
    16) tirare su (alzare) to pull up, to lift, to hitch up [pantaloni, gonna, calze]; to raise, to draw* up [tenda, tapparella]; to take* up [ orlo]; to pull up, to hitch up [ coperte]; to turn up [ colletto]; to roll up [ maniche]; to wind* up, to put* up [ finestrino]; to raise, to lift, to put* up [testa, braccia, gambe]; to pin up, to put* up [ capelli]; fig. to put* up, to raise, to push up [ prezzo]; (sollevare) to pick up, to catch* up [bambino, borsa]; (costruire) to build* [parete, casa]; (allevare) to bring* up [bambino, figlio]; fig. (risollevare) to uplift, to cheer up [ persona]; to raise, to uplift, to boost [ morale]

    tirare su qcs. dal pavimento — to pick sth. off the floor

    tirare su col naso — to sniff(le), to snuffle

    17) tirare via (togliere) to draw* away [mano, piede]; to pull off [ coperchio]; (strappare) to pull off [ adesivo]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo (aus. avere)
    2) (soffiare) to blow*; (avere tiraggio) [camino, pompa] to draw*

    oggi tira vento — it's windy o the wind is blowing today

    sentire o vedere che aria tira fig. to see which way the wind blows; con l'aria che tira! — at the rate things are going!

    3) (con un'arma) to shoot* (su, a at)

    tirare di boxe — sport to box

    tirare di scherma — sport to fence

    tirare in vita — [ vestito] to be (too) tight around one's waist

    5) fig. (aver successo) [ affari] to go* well; [ prodotto] to sell*

    tirare sul prezzo — to haggle over the price, to bargain

    7) gerg. (sniffare)
    8) tirare avanti (continuare) to go* on, to carry on, to press on; (vivacchiare) to bear* up, to struggle along; (sopravvivere economicamente) to cope, to get* along, to scrape by
    3.
    verbo pronominale tirarsi

    - rsi i capelli — to pull at one's hair; (l'un l'altro) to pull at each other's hair

    -rsi i baffi, il labbro — to tug at one's moustache, lip

    - rsi in là — to budge up o over, to shove over

    tirati da parte — step o move aside

    3) (lanciarsi) to throw* [sth.] to each other [ pallone]; to throw* [sth.] at each other, to throw* [sth.] against each other [sassi, colpi]
    4) tirarsi addosso to bring* (down) [sth.] upon oneself; fig. (attirarsi) to bring* down, to incur [dispiacere, collera]; to bring* [sth.] down [ critiche]
    5) tirarsi dietro to bring* along [ persona]; fig. to bring* about [problemi, complicazioni]
    6) tirarsi fuori da to wriggle one's way out of, to clamber out of

    - rsi fuori dai guai — fig. to wriggle off the hook

    7) tirarsi indietro (scansarsi) to move aside, to step aside; (ritirarsi) to back down, to flinch, to hang* back; (pettinarsi)
    8) tirarsi su (alzarsi) to rise*, to draw* oneself up, to raise oneself up; (mettersi dritto) to rise*, to stand* up, to get* up; (mettersi seduto) to sit* upright, to raise oneself to a sitting position; fig. (risollevarsi) (moralmente) to cheer up; (fisicamente) to gather oneself, to recover, to bounce back; (economicamente) to bounce back; (raccogliere) to put* up, to pin up [ capelli]; to pull up, to hitch up [pantaloni, gonna, calze]
    9) tirarsela colloq. to put* on airs, to get* above oneself
    ••

    tirare per le lunghe, in lungo — to spin out [storia, discussione]; to drag out [riunione, discorso]

    tirarla per le lunghe — to drag one's feet o heels, to hang fire

    * * *
    tirare
    /ti'rare/ [1]
     1 (esercitare una trazione su) to pull [catena, corda, leva, freno a mano]; to pull, to tug [ capelli]; (per chiudere) to draw*, to pull [ tende]; tirare qcn. per il braccio to pull sb. by the arm o sb.'s arm; tirare il collo a un pollo to wring a chicken's neck; tirare le reti to pull the nets (out)
     2 (lanciare) to throw*, to toss, to fling* [ pallone]; to throw*, to cast* [sasso, dadi]; to shoot*, to fire [ freccia]; (sparare) to shoot*, to fire [proiettile, granata]; to fire, to take* [ colpo]; tirare qcs. a qcn. to throw sth. at sb., to toss sb. sth.
     3 (sferrare) tirare calci [persona, animale] to kick (out); tirare un pugno to throw a punch; tirare un rigore sport to kick a penalty
     4 (tendere) to stretch, to tighten [ filo]; to draw* [ arco]; (stendere) gastr. to roll out [ pasta]
     5 (trainare) to draw*, to pull [roulotte, carro, aratro, slitta]
     6 (tracciare) to draw* [linea, tratto]
     7 (portare con sé) una parola tira l'altra one word leads to another
     8 (trarre, ricavare) to draw* [acqua, vino]
     9 tip. to print [ libro]; to run* off [ copia]
     10 tirare dentro (portare dentro) to bring* in(side); fig. (coinvolgere) to bring* into, to drag into
     11 tirare dietro to throw* [sth.] behind; te li tirano dietro fig. they are two o ten a penny, they are a dime a dozen
     12 tirare fuori to take* out, to draw* out, to get* out, to pull out [documenti, ombrello, portafogli]; to get* out [ auto]; to bring* out, to get* out, to pull out [fazzoletto, pistola]; to come* up with [idea, risposta]; to come* out with [scusa, verità]; to poke out, to put* out, to stick* out [ lingua]; tirare fuori da qcs. to take o draw [sth.] out of sth., to produce [sth.] from sth. [ oggetto]; tirami fuori di qui! (fare uscire) get me out of this place! cosa tirerà fuori adesso! what (will he come out with) next! tirare qcn. fuori dai guai to get sb. out of trouble
     13 tirare giù (abbassare) to take* down, to pull down [pantaloni, mutande]; to draw* down [tapparella, velo, tenda]; to let* down [ orlo]; to fold down [ lenzuolo]; to roll down [ maniche]; to wind* down, to put* down [ finestrino]; fig. to bring* down, to knock back [ prezzo]; (buttare per terra) to throw* [sb., sth.] to the ground; (abbattere) to shoot* down [ aereo]; tirare giù qcn. dal letto to get o drag o haul sb. out of bed
     14 tirare indietro to put* back, to throw* back [ spalle]; to slide* back [ sedile]; (pettinare) to push back [ capelli]; tirare indietro le lancette dell'orologio to put the clock back
     15 tirare in dentro to pull in [ pancia]
     16 tirare su (alzare) to pull up, to lift, to hitch up [pantaloni, gonna, calze]; to raise, to draw* up [tenda, tapparella]; to take* up [ orlo]; to pull up, to hitch up [ coperte]; to turn up [ colletto]; to roll up [ maniche]; to wind* up, to put* up [ finestrino]; to raise, to lift, to put* up [testa, braccia, gambe]; to pin up, to put* up [ capelli]; fig. to put* up, to raise, to push up [ prezzo]; (sollevare) to pick up, to catch* up [bambino, borsa]; (costruire) to build* [parete, casa]; (allevare) to bring* up [bambino, figlio]; fig. (risollevare) to uplift, to cheer up [ persona]; to raise, to uplift, to boost [ morale]; tirami su! lift me up! tirare su qcs. dal pavimento to pick sth. off the floor; tirare su col naso to sniff(le), to snuffle
     17 tirare via (togliere) to draw* away [mano, piede]; to pull off [ coperchio]; (strappare) to pull off [ adesivo]
     (aus. avere)
     1 (esercitare una trazione) to pull; tira forte! pull hard!
     2 (soffiare) to blow*; (avere tiraggio) [camino, pompa] to draw*; oggi tira vento it's windy o the wind is blowing today; sentire o vedere che aria tira fig. to see which way the wind blows; con l'aria che tira! at the rate things are going!
     3 (con un'arma) to shoot* (su, a at); tirare con l'arco to shoot with a bow and arrow; tirare di boxe sport to box; tirare di scherma sport to fence
     4 (stringere) tirare in vita [ vestito] to be (too) tight around one's waist
     5 fig. (aver successo) [ affari] to go* well; [ prodotto] to sell*
     6 fig. (contrattare) tirare sul prezzo to haggle over the price, to bargain
     7 gerg. (sniffare) tirare di coca to sniff coke
     8 tirare avanti (continuare) to go* on, to carry on, to press on; (vivacchiare) to bear* up, to struggle along; (sopravvivere economicamente) to cope, to get* along, to scrape by; questo mi basta per tirare avanti this is enough to keep me going
    III tirarsi verbo pronominale
     1 (esercitare una trazione) - rsi i capelli to pull at one's hair; (l'un l'altro) to pull at each other's hair; -rsi i baffi, il labbro to tug at one's moustache, lip
     2 (spostarsi) - rsi in là to budge up o over, to shove over; tirati da parte step o move aside
     3 (lanciarsi) to throw* [sth.] to each other [ pallone]; to throw* [sth.] at each other, to throw* [sth.] against each other [sassi, colpi]
     4 tirarsi addosso to bring* (down) [sth.] upon oneself; fig. (attirarsi) to bring* down, to incur [dispiacere, collera]; to bring* [sth.] down [ critiche]
     5 tirarsi dietro to bring* along [ persona]; fig. to bring* about [problemi, complicazioni]; tirati dietro la porta close the door behind you
     6 tirarsi fuori da to wriggle one's way out of, to clamber out of; - rsi fuori dai guai fig. to wriggle off the hook
     7 tirarsi indietro (scansarsi) to move aside, to step aside; (ritirarsi) to back down, to flinch, to hang* back; (pettinarsi) - rsi indietro i capelli to tie back one's hair
     8 tirarsi su (alzarsi) to rise*, to draw* oneself up, to raise oneself up; (mettersi dritto) to rise*, to stand* up, to get* up; (mettersi seduto) to sit* upright, to raise oneself to a sitting position; fig. (risollevarsi) (moralmente) to cheer up; (fisicamente) to gather oneself, to recover, to bounce back; (economicamente) to bounce back; (raccogliere) to put* up, to pin up [ capelli]; to pull up, to hitch up [pantaloni, gonna, calze]
     9 tirarsela colloq. to put* on airs, to get* above oneself
    tirare per le lunghe, in lungo to spin out [storia, discussione]; to drag out [riunione, discorso]; tirarla per le lunghe to drag one's feet o heels, to hang fire.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > tirare

  • 112 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 113 अग्निः _agniḥ

    अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.']
    1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c.
    -2 The God of fire.
    -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232.
    -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
    -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते).
    -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्).
    -7 Gold.
    -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26.
    -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida.
    -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ
    -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1.
    -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28.
    -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.
    [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three- fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and + produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers.
    Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons - Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव].
    -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire- sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14.
    -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket,
    -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्.
    -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति.
    -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (
    -यम्) =
    ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि.
    -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved).
    -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18.
    -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
    -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis.
    -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
    -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā.
    -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary.
    -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark.
    -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.]
    1 cauterization.
    -2 action of fire.
    -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25.
    -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।).
    -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्]
    1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्.
    -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु)
    -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
    -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
    -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय.
    -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
    -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू]
    -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
    -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥
    -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.]
    1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies.
    -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284.
    -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations.
    -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (
    --र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य]
    1 N. of the plant Agnijāra.
    -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7.
    -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire.
    (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.)
    -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती)
    -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी]
    -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
    -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
    -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11.
    -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132.
    -2 (
    -यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 a heap of fire
    -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्.
    -चूडः A bird having a red tuft.
    -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93.
    -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire.
    (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति).
    1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (
    -जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्.
    -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4.
    -जिह्व a.
    1 having a fiery tongue.
    -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (
    -ह्वा)
    1 a tongue or flame of fire.
    -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः
    -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी)
    -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire.
    -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी).
    -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
    -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते]
    1 practising very aus- tere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires.
    -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire
    -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (
    -स् n.) the lustre of fire. (
    -स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
    -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि.
    -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.]
    1 giving or supplying with fire
    -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion.
    -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45.
    -दग्ध a.
    1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P.
    -2 burnt with fire.
    -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
    -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी]
    -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि.
    -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
    -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (
    -प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion.
    -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion.
    -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13.
    -दूषितः a. branded.
    -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
    -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका).
    -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95.
    -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3.
    -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55.
    -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्.
    -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार.
    -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
    -पदम् 1 the word Agni.
    -2 fire-place.
    -3 N. of a plant.
    -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4.
    -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
    -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire.
    -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43.
    -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
    -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
    -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
    -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8.
    -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
    -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
    -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26.
    -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire.
    -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्]
    1 smoke.
    -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P.
    -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः)
    -2 N. of the letter र्.
    -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.]
    1 'shining like fire,' gold.
    -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका.
    -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः]
    1 water.
    -2 gold.
    -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire.
    (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya.
    -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni.
    -3 (arith.) six.
    -भूति a. produced from fire. (
    -तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (
    -तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire.
    -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11.
    -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone.
    -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः]
    1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick.
    -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself.
    -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (
    -न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते),
    -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
    -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
    -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name.
    -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (
    -खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य]
    1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.)
    -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज)
    -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः).
    -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्)
    -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त
    -6 'fire- mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (
    -खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्]
    1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला).
    -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल).
    -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा].
    -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
    -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17.
    -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता.
    -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43.
    -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
    -रक्षणम् 1 con- secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र.
    -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c.
    -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ.
    -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः]
    1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप.
    -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni.
    -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7
    -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile.
    -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः).
    -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire.
    -रूपम् the nature of fire.
    -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
    -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
    -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥
    -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni
    -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas.
    -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91.
    (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana.
    -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (
    -र्णा) a strong liquor.
    -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic.
    (-कः) 1 a tonic.
    -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार).
    -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्]
    1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta.
    -2 the resinous juice of it.
    -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment.
    -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा]
    1 smoke.
    -2 a goat.
    -वाहनम् a goat (छाग).
    -विद् m.
    1 one who knows the mystery about Agni.
    -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v.
    -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
    -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
    -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि.
    -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348.
    -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni.
    -2 gold.
    -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra- māditya).
    -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक).
    -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti.
    -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh.
    -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj- ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8.
    -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3.
    -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage.
    -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām.
    (-खः) 1 a lamp.
    -2 a rocket, fiery arrow.
    -3 an arrow in general.
    -4 safflower plant.
    -5 saffron.
    -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष.
    (-खम्) 1 saffron.
    -2 gold.
    (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb.
    -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni- spermum Cordifolium.
    -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire.
    -शेखर a. fire-crested. (
    -रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (
    -रम्) gold,
    -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252.
    -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni
    -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c.
    -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16.
    -2 a fire-pan.
    -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3.
    -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः
    -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire.
    -2 hallowing or con- secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56.
    -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind.
    -2 the wild pigeon (smoke- coloured).
    -3 smoke.
    -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or pro- duced from fire.
    (-वः) 1 wild safflower.
    -2 lymph, result of digestion. (
    -वम्) gold.
    -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48.
    -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
    -रः -रम्) power or essence of fire.
    -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93.
    -सूत्रम् a thread of fire.
    -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
    -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67.
    -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni.
    -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation.
    -3 N. of a medicine so used.
    -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a por- tion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74.
    -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्]
    1 = अग्निष्टोम.
    -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
    -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र]
    1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम.
    -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt.
    -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu.
    -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclu- sion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
    -सावर्णिः Name of Manu.
    -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
    -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descen- dants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः).
    -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8.
    -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.]
    1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.).
    -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (
    -त्र) a. Ved.
    1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra.
    -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र.
    -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि]
    1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire.
    -2 one who has prepared the sacrifi- cial place.
    -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अग्निः _agniḥ

  • 114 flat

    flæt
    1. adjective
    1) (level; without rise or fall: a flat surface.) llano, plano, liso
    2) (dull; without interest: She spent a very flat weekend.) monótono
    3) ((of something said, decided etc) definite; emphatic: a flat denial.) rotundo
    4) ((of a tyre) not inflated, having lost most of its air: His car had a flat tyre.) desinflado
    5) ((of drinks) no longer fizzy: flat lemonade; (also adverb) My beer has gone flat.) sin gas
    6) (slightly lower than a musical note should be: That last note was flat; (also adverb) The choir went very flat.) desafinado

    2. adverb
    (stretched out: She was lying flat on her back.) horizontalmente

    3. noun
    1) ((American apartment) a set of rooms on one floor, with kitchen and bathroom, in a larger building or block: Do you live in a house or a flat?) apartamento
    2) ((in musical notation) a sign (♭) which makes a note a semitone lower.) bemol
    3) (a level, even part: the flat of her hand.) plano; palma
    4) ((usually in plural) an area of flat land, especially beside the sea, a river etc: mud flats.) llano, llanura
    •
    - flatten
    - flat rate
    - flat out
    flat1 adj
    1. llano / plano
    a flat roof un tejado plano / una azotea
    2. desinflado
    El comparativo de flat se escribe flatter; el superlativo se escribe flattest
    flat2 n piso / apartamento
    do you live in a house or a flat? ¿vives en una casa o en un piso?
    Se dice flat en inglés británico, en inglés americano se dice apartment
    tr[flæt]
    adjective (comp flatter, superl flattest)
    1 (level, even) llano,-a, plano,-a; (smooth) liso,-a
    2 (shallow) llano,-a
    3 (shoes) sin tacón
    4 (tyre, ball etc) desinflado,-a
    5 (battery) descargado,-a
    6 (drink) sin gas
    7 figurative use (dull) monótono,-a, soso,-a
    9 (firm, absolute, categorical) rotundo,-a
    10 (exact) justo,-a
    11 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL (key) bemol; (voice, instrument) desafinado,-a
    1 (plain) llano, llanura
    2 (of hand) palma
    3 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL bemol nombre masculino
    4 SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL (tyre) pinchazo
    1 (completely) categóricamente
    2 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL desafinadamente
    3 (exactly) exactamente
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    and that's flat no hay más que decir
    as flat as a pancake liso,-a como la palma de la mano
    flat broke sin blanca
    to be in a flat spin (person) estar hecho,-a un lío
    to fall flat (joke etc) caer mal, no hacer gracia
    to go flat out ir a toda pastilla, ir a todo gas
    to lay flat estirar, extender
    to play flat / sing flat desafinar
    flat cap gorra
    flat racing carreras nombre femenino plural de caballos sin vallas
    flat spin SMALLAVIATION/SMALL barrena
    ————————
    tr[flæt]
    1 (apartment) piso
    flat ['flæt] vt, flatted ; flatting
    1) flatten: aplanar, achatar
    2) : bajar de tono (en música)
    flat adv
    1) exactly: exactamente
    in ten minutes flat: en diez minutos exactos
    2) : desafinado, demasiado bajo (en la música)
    1) even, level: plano, llano
    2) smooth: liso
    3) definite: categórico, rotundo, explícito
    a flat refusal: una negativa categórica
    4) dull: aburrido, soso, monótono (dícese la voz)
    5) deflated: desinflado, pinchado, ponchado Mex
    6) : bemol (en música)
    to sing flat: cantar desafinado
    flat n
    1) plain: llano m, terreno m llano
    2) : bemol m (en la música)
    3) apartment: apartamento m, departamento m
    4) or flat tire : pinchazo m, ponchadura f Mex
    n.
    • apartamento s.m. (Drink)
    adj.
    • sin gas (Bebida) adj. (Tire)
    n.
    • pinchada (Neumático) (•Automóvil•) s.f. (Wine)
    n.
    • insípido (Vino) s.m.
    adj.
    • bemol adj.
    • desanimado, -a adj.
    • deslustrado, -a adj.
    • empañado, -a adj.
    • horizontal adj.
    • insulso, -a adj.
    • insípido, -a adj.
    • liso, -a adj.
    • llano, -a adj.
    • mate adj.
    • mocho, -a adj.
    • monótono, -a adj.
    • muerto, -a adj.
    • plano, -a adj.
    • raso, -a adj.
    • tendido, -a adj.
    n.
    • apartamiento s.m.
    • bemol s.m.
    • palma de la mano s.f.
    • pantano s.m.
    • piso s.m.
    • plano s.m.

    I flæt
    1)
    a) < surface> plano; < countryside> llano

    flat feet — pies mpl planos

    houses with flat roofs — casas fpl con techos planos or con azoteas

    I lay down flat and tried to relax — me tumbé or me tendí e intenté relajarme; face I 1) a)

    b) < dish> llano, bajo (Chi), playo (RPl)

    flat shoes — zapatos mpl bajos, zapatillas fpl de piso (Méx)

    flat cap o hat — (BrE) gorra f ( de lana con visera)

    c) ( deflated) < ball> desinflado, ponchado (Méx)

    you have a flat tire o (BrE) tyre — tienes un neumático desinflado or una rueda desinflada or (Méx) una llanta ponchada

    2)
    a) <lemonade/beer> sin efervescencia, sin gas
    b) < battery> descargado
    3) (dull, uninteresting) <conversation/party> soso (fam); < joke> sin gracia; < voice> monótono

    to fall flat — \<\<play/project\>\> fracasar*, no ser* bien recibido

    4) (total, firm) <denial/refusal> rotundo, categórico
    5) ( Mus)
    a) ( referring to key) bemol

    A flat — la m bemol

    b) ( too low)
    6) ( fixed) (before n) < rate> fijo, uniforme
    7) ( broke) (AmE colloq) (pred)

    to be flat — estar* pelado (fam)


    II
    1)
    a) <refuse/turn down> de plano, categóricamente
    b) ( exactly)
    c) (AmE colloq) (as intensifier) completamente; see also broke II
    2) ( Mus) demasiado bajo

    III
    1) ( apartment) (BrE) apartamento m, departamento m (AmL), piso m (Esp)
    2)
    a) ( surface - of sword) cara f de la hoja; (- of hand) palma f
    b) ( level ground) llano m, terreno m llano
    3) ( Mus) bemol m
    4) ( Theat) bastidor m
    5) flats pl
    a) ( low-lying ground) llano m
    b) ( shoes) (esp AmE) zapatos mpl bajos, zapatillas fpl de piso (Méx)

    I [flæt]
    1. ADJ
    (compar flatter) (superl flattest)
    1) (=level) [surface, roof] plano; [countryside] llano

    • lie flat on your back — túmbate de espaldas en el suelo

    • to fall flat on one's face — (lit) caer(se) de bruces

    spin
    2) (=smooth, even) [road, surface] liso, llano

    to smooth sth flat — [+ paper etc] alisar algo

    3) (=shallow) [dish] llano; [box] plano
    4) [foot, shoe] plano; [nose] chato
    5) (=deflated) [tyre, ball] pinchado, desinflado

    we got a flat tyre — se nos pinchó una rueda, se nos ponchó una llanta (Mex)

    I had a flat tyre — tenía una rueda pinchada or desinflada, tenía un pinchazo, tenía una ponchada (Mex)

    6) (=dull, lifeless) [voice, colour] apagado; [taste, style] soso; [light] sin contraste; [drink] sin burbujas or gas; [battery] descargado

    • the atmosphere at the party was a bit flat — el ambiente de la fiesta estaba un poco apagado

    • I'm feeling rather flat — estoy un poco deprimido

    • she meant it as a joke, but it fell flat — lo dijo de broma, pero nadie le vio la gracia

    • the champagne has gone flat — al champán se le ha ido la fuerza or se le han ido las burbujas

    7) (=inactive) [trade, business] flojo

    sales have been flat this summer — las ventas han estado flojas este verano, no ha habido mucho movimiento de ventas este verano

    8) (=outright) [refusal, denial] rotundo, terminante

    • his suggestion met with a flat refusal — su sugerencia recibió una negativa rotunda or terminante

    • he says he's not going and that's flat * — dice que no va y sanseacabó

    9) (Mus)
    a) [voice, instrument] desafinado

    she/her singing was flat — desafinaba cantando

    b) (of key) bemol
    10) (=fixed) [rate, fee, charge] fijo
    11) (Horse racing)

    • flat jockey — jinete mf de carreras sin obstáculos

    12) (=not shiny) (of painted surface) mate, sin brillo
    2. ADV
    1) (=absolutely)

    • to be flat broke * — estar pelado *, estar sin un duro (Sp) *, estar sin un peso (LAm) *

    2) (=outright) [refuse] rotundamente, terminantemente

    • I told her flat that she couldn't have it — le dije terminantemente que no se lo podía quedar

    • to turn sth down flat — rechazar algo rotundamente or de plano

    3) (=exactly)
    4) (esp Brit)

    flat out: flat out, the car can do 140mph — cuando pones el coche a toda máquina, llega a las 140 millas por hora

    • to go flat out — ir a toda máquina

    • to work flat out (to do sth) — trabajar a toda máquina (para hacer algo)

    5) (Mus)

    to play/sing flat — tocar/cantar demasiado bajo, desafinar

    3. N
    1) [of hand] palma f; [of sword] cara f de la hoja
    2) (Mus) bemol m
    3) (Aut) pinchazo m, ponchada f (Mex)

    • we got a flat — se nos pinchó una rueda, se nos ponchó una llanta (Mex)

    • I had a flat — tenía una rueda pinchada or desinflada, tenía un pinchazo, tenía una ponchada (Mex)

    4) flats (Geog) (=marshland) marismas fpl; (=sand) bancos mpl de arena

    • mud flats — marismas fpl

    • salt flats — salinas fpl

    5) (Theat) bastidor m
    6) (Horse racing)
    4.
    CPD

    flat cap N — gorra de lana con visera

    flat pack N —

    it comes in a flat pack — viene en una caja plana para el automontaje; see flat-pack

    flat racing N — carreras fpl de caballos sin obstáculos

    flat rate N — [of interest, tax] tanto m alzado; (Internet, Telec) tarifa f plana; see flat-rate

    flat screen N — (TV, Comput) pantalla f plana; see flat-screen


    II
    [flæt]
    N (Brit) apartamento m, piso m (Sp), departamento m (LAm)
    * * *

    I [flæt]
    1)
    a) < surface> plano; < countryside> llano

    flat feet — pies mpl planos

    houses with flat roofs — casas fpl con techos planos or con azoteas

    I lay down flat and tried to relax — me tumbé or me tendí e intenté relajarme; face I 1) a)

    b) < dish> llano, bajo (Chi), playo (RPl)

    flat shoes — zapatos mpl bajos, zapatillas fpl de piso (Méx)

    flat cap o hat — (BrE) gorra f ( de lana con visera)

    c) ( deflated) < ball> desinflado, ponchado (Méx)

    you have a flat tire o (BrE) tyre — tienes un neumático desinflado or una rueda desinflada or (Méx) una llanta ponchada

    2)
    a) <lemonade/beer> sin efervescencia, sin gas
    b) < battery> descargado
    3) (dull, uninteresting) <conversation/party> soso (fam); < joke> sin gracia; < voice> monótono

    to fall flat — \<\<play/project\>\> fracasar*, no ser* bien recibido

    4) (total, firm) <denial/refusal> rotundo, categórico
    5) ( Mus)
    a) ( referring to key) bemol

    A flat — la m bemol

    b) ( too low)
    6) ( fixed) (before n) < rate> fijo, uniforme
    7) ( broke) (AmE colloq) (pred)

    to be flat — estar* pelado (fam)


    II
    1)
    a) <refuse/turn down> de plano, categóricamente
    b) ( exactly)
    c) (AmE colloq) (as intensifier) completamente; see also broke II
    2) ( Mus) demasiado bajo

    III
    1) ( apartment) (BrE) apartamento m, departamento m (AmL), piso m (Esp)
    2)
    a) ( surface - of sword) cara f de la hoja; (- of hand) palma f
    b) ( level ground) llano m, terreno m llano
    3) ( Mus) bemol m
    4) ( Theat) bastidor m
    5) flats pl
    a) ( low-lying ground) llano m
    b) ( shoes) (esp AmE) zapatos mpl bajos, zapatillas fpl de piso (Méx)

    English-spanish dictionary > flat

  • 115 अञ्जलिः _añjaliḥ

    अञ्जलिः m. [अञ्ज्-अलि Uṇ.4.2.]
    1 A cavity formed by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity. full of anything (changed to अञ्जल or ˚लि after द्वि and त्रि in द्विगु comp., P.V.4.12); न वार्यञ्जलिना पिवेत् Ms.4.63; सुपूरो मूषि- काञ्जलिः Pt.1.25; अरण्यबीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; प्रकीर्णः पुष्पाणां हरिचरणयोरञ्जलिरयम् Ve.1.1. a cavityful of flowers; so जलस्याञ्जलयो दश Y.3.15.1 cavity- fuls or libations of water; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयम् Ve.1.4. to be drunk by the cavity of the ear; अञ्जलिं रच्, बन्ध्, कृ or आधा fold the hands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; बद्धः, कातर्यादरविन्द- कुङ्मलनिभो मुग्धः प्रणामाञ्जलिः U.3.37.
    -2 Hence a mark of respect or salutation; कः शक्रेण कृतं नेच्छेदधिमूर्धानमञ्जलिम् Bk.8.84; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78.
    -3 A measure of corn = कुडव; another measure = प्रसृत, or one-half of a मानिका.
    -Comp. कर्मन् n. folding the hands, respectful salutation; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् क्रुद्धं चाञ्जलि- कर्मणा Chāṇ.33.
    -कारिका 1 an earthen doll making the अञ्जलि (?).
    -2 N. of a plant, Mimosa Pudica (लज्जालु) (Mar. लाजाळू).
    -पुटः-टम् the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed plams of the hand.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अञ्जलिः _añjaliḥ

  • 116 due

    two
    a due a due in twos, two by two
    tutt'e due both of them
    vorrei dire due parole I'd like to say a word or two
    * * *
    due agg.num.card. e s.m.
    1 two: stanza due, room two; incontriamoci alle due, let's meet at two (o' clock); due su dieci, two out of ten; due volte, twice: due volte al giorno, twice a day; due volte tanto, twice as much; twice as many: ''Quanto zucchero vuoi?'' ''Dammene due volte tanto'', ''How much sugar do you want?'' ''Give me twice as much''; i suoi libri sono due volte tanto i miei, he has got twice as many books as me // a due a due, two by two (o by twos); carrozza a due ruote, two-wheeled carriage; ogni due giorni, every other day; il più caro dei due, the more expensive of the two; il due nel quattro sta due volte, two into four goes twice; vennero tutti e due, they both (o both of them) came; verrò il due aprile, I shall come on the second of April; marciare in fila per due, to march two abreast (o in twos); piegare qlco. in due, to fold sthg. in two (o in half); puntare sul due, to bet on the two; ho preso due in latino, I got two in Latin; un interesse del due per cento, interest at two per cent // una delle due!, one or the other! // lavorare per due, to work hard // mangiare per due, to eat enough for two // tenere il piede in due staffe, to have a foot in both camps (o to run with the hare and hunt with the hounds)
    2 (mar.) un due alberi, a two-master // ( canottaggio): due di punta, pair-oar; due con, due senza, coxed pair, coxless pair
    3 ( a carte) il due di picche, the two of spades
    4 ( piccola quantità) a few, a couple of: devo dirti due parole, I've got to have a few (o a couple of) words with you; scrivi due righe, write a few (o a couple of) lines (o words); facciamo due passi, let's take a short walk; è a due passi da qui, it's not far from here; fare due chiacchiere, to have a little chat.
    * * *
    ['due]
    1. agg inv
    1) two

    a due a due — two at a time, two by two

    2) (fig : pochi) a couple, a few
    2. sm inv
    per fraseologia vedi: cinque
    * * *
    ['due] 1.
    aggettivo invariabile
    1) two

    prendere qcs. con tutt'e due le mani — to take sth. with both hands

    andare o procedere due a due to go two by two; lavorare per due to work like a beaver; mangiare per due — to eat like a horse

    ci scriva due righe — drop us a few o couple of lines

    è a due minuti da qui — it's a couple of o two minutes from here

    fare due chiacchiere con qcn. — to exchange a few words with sb.

    vendere qcs. per due lire — = to sell sth. really cheap

    2.
    sostantivo maschile invariabile
    1) (numero) two
    3) scol. (voto) = very low fail

    due senza — coxwainless pair, pair oar

    3.
    sostantivo femminile plurale (ore) (del mattino) two am; (del pomeriggio) two pm

    due ruote — (veicolo) two-wheeler

    ••

    sicuro come due più due fa quattro — as sure as eggs is eggs, as sure as I'm standing

    non c'è il due senza il tre — prov. = things always come in three

    piegarsi in due dal male, dalle risate — to be bent double with pain, laughter

    quattro occhi vedono meglio di due — prov. two heads are better than one

    contare come il due a briscola o di picche = to count for nothing; su due piedi — on the spot

    * * *
    due
    /'due/ ⇒ 26, 5, 8, 13
     1 two; due volte twice; due punti (punteggiatura) colon; prendere qcs. con tutt'e due le mani to take sth. with both hands; andare o procedere due a due to go two by two; lavorare per due to work like a beaver; mangiare per due to eat like a horse
     2 (con valore generico) due dita di whisky two fingers of whisky; ci scriva due righe drop us a few o couple of lines; è a due minuti da qui it's a couple of o two minutes from here; è a due passi it's a stone's throw away; fare due chiacchiere con qcn. to exchange a few words with sb.; vendere qcs. per due lire = to sell sth. really cheap
    II m.inv.
     1 (numero) two
     2 (giorno del mese) second
     3 scol. (voto) = very low fail
     4 sport (nel canottaggio) due con coxed pair; due senza coxwainless pair, pair oar
    III f.pl.
    usare due pesi e due misure to have double standards; sicuro come due più due fa quattro as sure as eggs is eggs, as sure as I'm standing; fare due più due to put two and two together; non se l'è fatto dire due volte! he needed no second bidding! he didn't need to be told twice! senza pensarci due volte without (giving it) a second thought; non c'è il due senza il tre prov. = things always come in three; piegarsi in due dal male, dalle risate to be bent double with pain, laughter; quattro occhi vedono meglio di due prov. two heads are better than one; contare come il due a briscola o di picche = to count for nothing; su due piedi on the spot
    \
    due pezzi→  duepezzi; due ruote (veicolo) two-wheeler.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > due

  • 117 дрожать

    гл.
    Русский глагол дрожать не указывает ни на то, что вызывает дрожь, ни на то, как происходит дрожание. Английские эквиваленты описывают характер дрожания и указывают на причину, которая его вызывает.
    1. to shake — дрожать, трястись, встряхивать, трясти (вызвать быстрое движение вверх и вниз или из стороны в сторону или самому производить быстрые движения): Shake the blanket before you fold it. It is full of dust. — Вытряхни одеяло прежде, чем свернешь, оно полно пыли./Встряхни одеяло прежде, чем свернешь, в нем полно пыли. Always shake the orange juice before opening it. — Всегда взбалтывай апельсиновый сок прежде, чем откроешь бутылку. Jim remembered being shaken awfully by his angry mother. — Джим помнил, как мать его жутко трясла, когда сердилась. Peter banged the door so hard that the whole house shook. — Петр так грохнул дверью, что весь дом задрожал/затрясся. People could feel the ground shaking beneath their feet, it was the second tremor in one day. — Люди почувствовали, как земля дрожит под ногами, это был второй толчок в этот день. The whole engine started to shake quite violently and the car stopped. — Мотор начал сильно дрожать, и машина остановилась. My hands were shaking as I opened the envelope. — Когда я открывала конверт, у меня дрожали руки. By the time he had finished the race his legs were shaking so badly he could hardly walk. — В конце забега у него так сильно дрожали ноги, что он едва шел. The poor woman was shaking with fear. — Бедная женщина дрожала от страха. Ben got up from the floor and shook his legs to gel all the dust off his trousers. — Бен встал с пола и отряхнул брюки от пыли. Shaking his fist at the doorman he said, he had never been so roughly treated in his whole life. — Грозя кулаком швейцару, он сказал, что за всю его жизнь с ним никто так грубо не обращался.
    2. to rattle — дрожать, барабанить, громыхать, греметь, хлопать, стучать (чем-либо, чаще всего металлическим предметом, так что при этом издается громкий стук): Her bracelets rattled as she danced. — Когда она танцевала, ее браслеты звенели. The wind was so strong that the doors and windows rattled. — Ветер был такой сильный, что окна и двери дребезжали. The hail rattled on the roof. — Град барабанил по крыше. The train rattled by. — Мимо прогромыхал поезд. He rattled his keys in his pocket. — Он гремел ключами в кармане.
    3. to shudder — дрожать, вздрагивать, содрогаться (сильно и бесконтрольно дрожать, часто от испуга, неожиданности или удивления; относится и к людям и к предметам): Не shuddered with disgust. — Его от отвращения всего передернуло./ Он содрогнулся от отвращения. She shuddered slightly at the memory. — При одном воспоминании об этом ее бросало в дрожь./Вспомнив об этом, она содрогнулась. I shuddered to think what my parents will say when they see this film. — Я вздрогнул, когда подумал о том, что скажут мои родители, посмотрев этот фильм. The washing machine shuddered and finished its cycle. — Стиральная машина содрогнулась и закончила свой цикл./Стиральная машина вздрогнула и остановилась. During the bombing the building shuddered and swayed from side to side, but no damage was done. — Во время бомбежки здание качалось и вздрагивало, но разрушений не было. The train began to slow down and shuddered to a halt when it got to the station. — Поезд начал тормозить, вздрогнул и остановился, подъехав к станции.
    4. to shiver — дрожать (мелкой дрожью, особенно от холода или пережитого испуга): As the patient's fever grew worse, his body began to shiver uncontrollably. — По мере того, как у больного поднимался жар, все его тело начало непроизвольно дрожать. Ellen shivered in horror, «To think that I almost married a murderer!» — Эллен в ужасе задрожала: «Подумать только, я чуть было не вышла замуж за убийцу!» They were all shivering in their thin coats praying that the bus would come soon. — Они все дрожали в своих легких пальто, молясь, чтобы побыстрее пришел автобус. to tremble —дрожать, вздрагивать беспокойно, слабо дрожать (особенно из-за нервозности, возбуждения, расстройства или гнева): Mothers' lips were trembling, she seemed to be going to start crying again. — Губы матери дрожали, она была па грани того, чтобы вновь расплакаться. I was so nervous during the wedding ceremony that my hands were trembling when I put the ring on her finger. — Я так нервничал во время брачной церемонии, что у меня дрожали руки, когда я надевал ей на палец кольцо. She was trembling with excitement at the thought of meeting him. — Она вся дрожала от возбуждения при мысли о встрече с ним. to start — дрожать, вздрогнуть, подскочить (от удивления, испуга или неожиданности): The noise made him start. От этого звука он вздрогнул. to wobble — дрожать, качаться из стороны в сторону, трястись (терять равновесие, не имея поддержки): I tried to stand on a chair but it wobbled too much. — Я пытался устоять на стуле, но он слишком сильно шатался. Carrying so many boxes her legs wobbled and suddenly everything went crashing to the floor. — Она несла столько коробок, что потеряла равновесие, и все вдруг с грохотом полетело на пол. The jelly was difficult to eat because it was wobbling so much. — Желе было трудно есть, так как оно сильно дрожало и ускользало с вилки. The table was old and wobbled so much that food and drink was always getting spelt. — Стол был старый и так сильно шатался, что пища и напитки все время проливались.
    8. tо quiver — дрожать (почти не заметной дрожью, особенно от возбуждения или нервозности): John's hands were quivering as he put down his paper and started his speech. Руки у Джона слегка дрожали, когда он положил на стол свои заметки и начал выступление. The children stood there quivering with excitement as I opened the package. Пока я открывала пакет, дети стояли около, дрожа от возбуждения./ Дети стояли, дрожа от нетерпения, пока я открывала пакет.
    9. to twitch — дрожать, дергаться (относится к частям тела, которые дрожат потому, что мускулы не могут расслабиться): At first we thought the cat was dead, when its tail twitched. — Сначала нам показалось, что кот умер, но потом у него задрожал хвост./Сначала мы подумали, что кот умер, но потом у него дернулся хвост. Robert's mouth twitched as he tried to stop himself laughing out loud. — Уголки рта у Роберта задрожали, выдавая его попытку удержаться от того, чтобы не рассмеяться во весь голос.

    Русско-английский объяснительный словарь > дрожать

  • 118 coller

    coller [kɔle]
    ➭ TABLE 1
    1. transitive verb
       a. to stick ; (à la colle blanche) to paste ; [+ affiche] to stick up (à, sur on ) ; [+ enveloppe] to stick down ; [+ papier peint] to hang ; (Computing) to paste
    • coller qch à or sur qch to stick sth onto sth
       b. ( = appliquer) coller son oreille à la porte/son nez contre la vitre to press one's ear against the door/one's nose against the window
       c. ( = mettre) (inf) to stick (inf)
       d. ( = donner) (inf) to give
    • arrête de pleurer ou je t'en colle une ! stop crying or you'll get a smack!
       e. (slang School) ( = consigner) to put in detention
       g. ( = suivre) [+ personne] (inf) to cling to
    2. intransitive verb
       a. ( = être poisseux) to be sticky ; ( = adhérer) to stick (à to)
    • depuis, cette réputation lui colle à la peau he's been stuck with this reputation ever since
    3. reflexive verb
       a. ( = se mettre) (inf)
    • on s'y colle ? shall we get down to it?
       b. se coller à qn [danseur] to cling to sb ; [importun] to stick to sb like glue
    * * *
    kɔle
    1.
    1) ( faire adhérer) to stick, to glue [bois, papier, carton]; to paste up [affiche]; to hang [papier peint, tissu mural]; to stick [something] on [étiquette, timbre, rustine®]; to stick down [enveloppe]; to stick [something] together [feuilles, morceaux]; Cinéma to splice [film, bande magnétique]

    coller des affiches — to stick ou post bills

    2) ( appuyer)

    coller quelque chose contre or à quelque chose — to press something against something

    3) (colloq) ( mettre) to stick (colloq)

    je leur ai collé la facture sous le nez — I stuck (colloq) the bill (right) under their noses

    si tu continues, je te colle une gifle or je vais t'en coller une — if you keep on, I'm going to slap you

    on lui colle une étiquette de chanteur engagé — he's being labelled [BrE] as a political singer

    4) (colloq) (dans un examen, un jeu)

    je me suis fait coller en physique — I failed ou flunked (colloq) physics

    5) (colloq) ( donner une retenue à) to give [somebody] detention [élève]

    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( adhérer) [colle, timbre, enveloppe] to stick; [pâtes] to stick together; [boue, substance] to stick

    coller à un véhicule — fig to drive close behind a vehicle

    ton passé te colle à la peau — fig your past never leaves you

    2) (colloq) ( être cohérent)

    3.
    se coller verbe pronominal
    1) ( s'appuyer)

    se coller à or contre quelqu'un/quelque chose — to press oneself against somebody/something

    2) (colloq) ( pour une activité)

    dès qu'il rentre, il se colle devant son ordinateur — as soon as he comes in he's glued (colloq) to his computer

    * * *
    kɔle
    1. vt
    1) [timbre, étiquette] to stick on, [enveloppe] to seal, [affiche] to stick up, [papier peint] to hang
    2) [morceaux] to stick together, to glue together

    coller qch sur qch — to stick sth onto sth, to paste sth onto sth

    Il y a un chewing-gum collé sous la chaise. — There's a bit of chewing gum stuck under the chair.

    3) fig (= appuyer)

    J'ai collé mon oreille au mur. — I pressed my ear against the wall.

    4) * (= mettre, fourrer) to stick * to shove *
    5) ÉDUCATION (= punir) to keep in, to give detention to
    2. vi
    1) (= être collant) to be sticky
    2) (= adhérer) to stick

    Ce timbre ne colle plus. — This stamp won't stick on.

    3) fig

    coller à qn [importun] — to cling to sb, [robe moulante] to cling to sb

    coller au pare-chocs de qn [voiture, chauffeur] — to tailgate sb

    4) (= marcher)

    ça colle (= c'est cohérent) [histoires, explications, récits] — that makes sense, (entre deux personnes) they're getting on fine

    ça ne colle pas (= ça n'est pas cohérent) [histoires, explications, récits] — they don't hold together, (entre deux personnes) they're not hitting it off

    Ça ne colle pas, il faudra revoir tout ça. — It's no good, we'll have to take another look at it.

    * * *
    coller verb table: aimer
    A vtr
    1 ( faire adhérer) to stick, to glue [bois, papier, carton]; to paste up [affiche]; to hang [papier peint, tissu mural]; to stick [sth] on [étiquette, timbre, rustine®]; to stick down [enveloppe]; to stick [sth] together [feuilles, morceaux]; Cin to splice [film, bande magnétique]; repliez la feuille et collez les bords fold the sheet and glue the edges together; coller un timbre sur une enveloppe/un colis to stick a stamp on an envelope/a parcel; coller des affiches to stick ou post bills; coller une photo sur une page to stick a photograph onto a page; il avait les cheveux collés par la peinture his hair was matted with paint; un ruban thermo-collant pour coller les bords an iron-on adhesive strip for taking up hems; ta colle ne colle pas bien le carton your glue isn't very good for sticking card;
    2 ( appuyer) coller qch contre or à qch to press sth against sth; coller son front/nez contre la vitre to press one's forehead/nose against the window; elle a collé son genou contre le mien she pressed her knee against mine; il avait un pistolet collé à la tempe there was a pistol pressed to his head; il la colla contre le parapet he pushed her up against the parapet;
    3 ○( mettre) to stick○; je leur ai collé l'article/la facture sous le nez I stuck○ the article/the bill (right) under their noses; je lui ai collé le bébé dans les bras I stuck○ the baby in his/her arms; à 15 ans, on m'a collé sur une fraiseuse at 15, they stuck○ me on a milling machine; ils m'ont collé président de l'association they made me chairman of the association; tu vas te faire coller une amende you'll get landed○ with a fine; il lui a collé trois gosses he got her pregnant three times; si tu continues, je te colle une gifle or je vais t'en coller une if you keep on, I'm going to slap you; on lui colle une étiquette de chanteur engagé he's being labelledGB as a political singer;
    4 ○(dans un examen, un jeu) je me suis fait coller en physique I failed ou flunked○ physics; ‘comment s'appelle le premier ministre actuel?’-‘alors là tu me colles!’ ‘what's the present prime minister's name?’-‘you've stumped○ ou got me there!’;
    5 ○( donner une retenue à) to give [sb] detention [élève]; se faire coller to have ou get detention;
    6 Vin to fine [vin, liqueur].
    B vi
    1 ( adhérer) [colle, timbre, enveloppe] to stick; [pâtes, riz, semoule] to stick together; [boue, substance] to stick; ta colle colle bien/ne colle pas bien your glue sticks well/doesn't stick very well; coller à la casserole to stick to the pan; coller aux chaussures/mains to stick to one's shoes/hands; coller aux dents to stick to one's teeth; coller à un véhicule fig to drive close behind a vehicle; le coureur collait à la roue de son adversaire fig the runner stuck close to his opponent; dans une dissertation, collez toujours au sujet fig in an essay, always stick to the subject; mon tee-shirt mouillé me collait à la peau/au corps my wet T-shirt was clinging to my skin/body; ta réputation/ton passé te colle à la peau fig your reputation/your past never leaves you;
    2 ○( être cohérent) coller à to be consistent ou fit with; ça colle à or avec l'idée qu'on se fait d'elle that's consistent with her image; leur analyse ne colle pas à la réalité their analysis doesn't fit with the facts; leurs témoignages ne collent pas their evidence doesn't tally; tout colle! it's all falling into place!;
    3 ( en jouant) to be it.
    C se coller vpr
    1 ( s'appuyer) se coller à or contre qn/qch to press oneself against sb/sth; j'ai dû me coller au mur pour les laisser passer I had to press myself against the wall to let them pass; les voyageurs étaient collés les uns contre les autres the passengers were pressed against each other; ils se sont collés au sol they lay flat on the ground; l'alpiniste se collait à la paroi the climber clung to the rockface;
    2 ○( pour une activité) dès qu'il rentre, il se colle devant la télé/son ordinateur as soon as he comes in he's glued○ to the TV/his computer; je m'y suis collé à 2 heures et je n'ai pas encore terminé I got down to it at 2 o'clock and I still haven't finished; c'est toi qui t'y colles ( à une tâche) it's your turn (to do it).
    [kɔle] verbe transitif
    1. [fixer - étiquette, timbre] to stick (down) ; [ - tissu, bois] to glue (on) ; [ - papier peint] to paste (up) ; [ - affiche] to post, to stick up (separable), to put up (separable)
    2. [fermer - enveloppe] to close up (separable), to stick down (separable)
    3. [emmêler] to mat, to plaster
    4. [appuyer] to press
    6. (familier) ÉDUCATION [punir] to keep in (separable)
    [refuser]
    7. (familier) [mettre - chose] to dump, to stick ; [ - personne] to put, to stick
    ils l'ont collée en pension/en prison they stuck her in a boarding school/put her in jail
    coller quelque chose/quelqu'un à quelqu'un: ils m'ont collé le bébé pour la semaine they've lumbered (UK) ou saddled me with the baby for a week
    [obliger à devenir]
    ————————
    [kɔle] verbe intransitif
    1. [adhérer - timbre] to stick
    [être poisseux] to be sticky
    2. [vêtement] to cling
    b. (figuré) to be inherent to ou innate in somebody
    3. (familier) [aller bien]
    ça colle! it's OK!, right-ho! (UK)
    ça ne colle pas it doesn't work, something's wrong
    ————————
    coller à verbe plus préposition
    [respecter] to be faithful to
    ————————
    se coller verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [se blottir]
    2. (familier) [s'installer]
    s'y coller (familier) [s'atteler à un problème, une tâche] to make an effort to do something, to set about doing something
    ————————
    se coller verbe pronominal transitif

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > coller

  • 119 ἐπί

    ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)
    A

    ἐτ IG9(2).517.14

     (iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.
    A WITH GEN.:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,

    καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536

    ;

    ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12

    ;

    ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700

    ;

    κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345

    : without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)

    ἐλήλατο 10.153

    ; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455

    ;

    ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58

    ;

    οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528

    ;

    πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170

    ; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,

    νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416

    ; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;

    γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705

     (lyr.);

    νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613

    ;

    ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137

     (lyr.);

    οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35

    ;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103

    ; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74

    ;

    ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15

    ; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;

    οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a

    ; later of towns,

    ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16

     (ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;

    κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115

    ; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.
    2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;

    ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141

     (lyr.).
    b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.
    c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,

    εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195

    ; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;

    οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98

    ;

    ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63

    ;

    ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8

    ; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;

    αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16

    ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also

    αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10

    ;

    πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d

    , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.
    d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11;

    οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79

    ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,

    ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    ; in X.,

    ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2

    ; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.
    e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,

    ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36

    ; so, before a magistrate or official,

    ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11

     (i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;

    γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18

    ;

    τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d

    ;

    πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29

    ; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).
    f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,

    ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10

    ;

    ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3

    ;

    αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c

    , etc.;

    τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32

    ;

    τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210

    ; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);

    ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64

    ;

    τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7

    ;

    οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631

    ;

    ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2

    ; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,

    λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , R. 524e, etc.;

    ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109

    ;

    ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12

    .
    3 implying Motion:
    a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;

    ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    ;

    τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389

    .
    b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.

    εἰς A.1.2

    ,

    ἐν A.1.8

    ), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;

    ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;

    ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79

     (v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,

    προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700

    ;

    τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546

     (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,

    ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14

    ;

    πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164

    , cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;

    ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64

    ; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.
    c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;

    ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14

    ; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;

    ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν

     with a view to..,

    Pl.Prt. 358b

    ; cf. infr. B. 111.2.
    II of Time, in the time of,

    ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637

    ,23.332;

    ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111

    ; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;

    ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2

    ;

    ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108

    ; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;

    ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32

    ; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;

    ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54

    , cf. X.HG5.1.36;

    αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5

    ; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;

    ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6

    ; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.
    b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.
    III in various causal senses:
    1 over, of persons in authority,

    ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109

    ; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;

    ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23

    ;

    ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5

    ; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.
    2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;

    ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94

    :

    ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107

    ; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2

    .
    3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54

    ; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;

    τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180

    ;

    ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14

    , POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);

    ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90

    ; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).
    4 in respect of,

    ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17

    , cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,

    τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6

     (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DAT.:
    I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):
    1 with Verbs of Rest,

    ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354

    ;

    ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153

    ;

    στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222

    ;

    κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27

    ; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;

    ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420

    ;

    ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88

    , etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something,

    νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351

     (v.l. for ἐν)

    ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131

     (but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,

    ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77

    ;

    τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317

    ; also, at or near,

    ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408

    ;

    ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788

    , etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,

    ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160

    ;

    ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559

    , etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.
    b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470;

    τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400

    ; also, over or in honour of,

    ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91

    ; [

    βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776

    ;

    κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81

    , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.
    c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,

    οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37

    , cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,

    ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178

    ;

    ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268

    ;

    δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181

    , cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191

    ; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;

    νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5

    ; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.
    d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;

    ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644

    ;

    ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404

     (lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).
    e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'

    ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454

    , cf. 308;

    ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639

    , cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;

    ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10

    ; so of Numerals,

    τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20

    , cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;

    γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694

    : with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27

    ; νέκταρ

    ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835

    : metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.
    f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.
    g. in dependence upon, in the power of,

    τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76

    ; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;

    ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2

    ;

    ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22

    ; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;

    τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14

    ; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.
    h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;

    ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88

    ;

    ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662

     codd.(lyr.).
    i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,

    ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228

     (lyr.);

    ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36

    ;

    ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36

    ; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;

    ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b

    ;

    ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192

     (anap.).
    k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.
    2. with Verbs of Motion:
    a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,

    ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443

    ;

    θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92

    ;

    καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114

    ; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.

    ψαμάθοις 23.853

    ;

    ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55

    ; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας

    βαλεῖν S.Aj.51

    , etc.
    b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499

    ;

    καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36

    ; ἦλθε δ'

    ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251

    , cf. 273;

    νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248

    .
    c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,

    νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327

    , 11.274.
    d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι

    Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91

    ;

    ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97

    ;

    ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358

    ;

    κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293

    ;

    ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214

    , cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι

    τετάχθαι Th.2.70

    , 3.13;

    ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2

     (Teos, v B.C.).
    II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;

    ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102

    ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;

    ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112

    , 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;

    ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6

    ;

    ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16

    , PHolm.1.18.
    2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι

    ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62

    ; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;

    ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170

    , τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;

    τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855

     (lyr.), etc.
    3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc.,

    ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665

     A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87

    ; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;

    ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61

    ; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν

    ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16

    ;

    ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122

    , etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;

    δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540

    ;

    ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137

    , etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.

    δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315

     (lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.
    2. of an end or purpose,

    υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154

    , cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;

    ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68

    ;

    ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164

    ;

    ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56

    ; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;

    ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154

    ; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;

    ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38

    , cf.34, etc.;

    τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6

     (iv B.C.).
    3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114

    ; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126

     (but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,

    τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16

    ; γῆμαί

    τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13

    ;

    τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60

    ; on the principle of..,

    ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71

    .
    4. of the price for which..,

    ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304

    , cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .

    ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154

    ; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;

    ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332

    ;

    ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;

    ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας

     for

    225

    per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,

    δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27

    ; ἐπ' οἴνου

    κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18

    ;

    ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3

    ;

    δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1

    , cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.
    5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..

    ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b

    ; so

    ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12

    ; ὄνομα καλεῖν

    ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c

    , cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.

    ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b

     (v. supr. A. 111.2).
    6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;

    ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25

    ;

    οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89

    ;

    σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427

    ; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ

    στρατεύματι Th.6.29

    ;

    ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28

    ; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;

    οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2

    ;

    ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154

    .
    7. in possession of, possessing,

    ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105

    , cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;

    ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1

    ;

    ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78

    , cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);

    ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9

    .
    C. WITH Acc.:
    I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386

    , cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν

    ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131

    ;

    προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34

    ; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων

    ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265

    ; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;

    ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442

    ; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;

    Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212

    ;

    θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54

    ; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.
    b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).
    2. to,

    ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12

    , etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.

    τεῖχος 12.443

    ;

    ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48

    ;

    ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118

    ; ἐ.

    τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c.acc. pers.,

    βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18

    , cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,

    ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d

    ;

    παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34

    , cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.
    b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;

    ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36

    ;

    ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88

     codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν

    τράπεζαν D.33.10

    ; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.
    c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),

    παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27

    ,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων

    ἤλθομεν Od.23.248

    ; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,

    πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8

    , An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12

    ; ὅσσον

    ἔφ' 2.616

    , cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;

    ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66

    ; ἐ.

    πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265

    ;

    ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18

    ; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον

    ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92

    ; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;

    ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118

    ; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,

    ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94

    , 4.181.
    d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),

    ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156

     (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);

    ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18

    .
    e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;

    ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2

     codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.
    3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57

    , etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v.

    κέρας v11

    ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;

    ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34

    ; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.
    4. in hostile sense, against,

    ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101

    ;

    ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590

    ; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;

    ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495

     (lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ

    Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90

    ;

    πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153

    ; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.
    5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα

    θαλάσσης 2.159

    ;

    ἐ. κύματα 13.27

    ;

    ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350

    ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;

    ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120

    ;

    ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a

    . 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;

    ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34

    , etc.; freq. to be rendered on,

    δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308

    ; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;

    ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447

    ; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;

    ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95

    ;

    ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2

    ; also, among,

    κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213

    , cf. 24.202, 535;

    δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.
    II. of Time, for or during a certain time,

    ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299

    , Od.14.193:

    πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407

    ;

    παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133

    ;

    ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415

    ;

    ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c

    , etc.; ἐπ'

    ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7

    ; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;

    γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68

    ; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;

    ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36

    ; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.
    2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος

    καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226

    .
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;

    ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12

    ; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149

    , cf. S.OT 555;

    κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418

    ;

    κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23

    : with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;

    ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12

    ; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;

    ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439

    ;

    κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e

    , etc.;

    καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107

    ,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ

    τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b

    , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;

    ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22

    , 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν

    ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79

    , cf. Od.4.434;

    ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691

     (lyr.); χρήσιμος

    ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31

    : after a Noun,

    ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21

    ; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.
    2. so far as regards,

    τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889

    ;

    ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345

    ; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;

    τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;

    ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51

    ; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν

    ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82

    ;

    κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181

    ; ἐ.

    μέγα Call.Dian.55

    .
    3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς

    καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58

    , cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;

    ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.

    l.c.;

    ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b

     (cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται

    οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90

    .
    4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.
    D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,

    ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20

    , cf. Il.9.539.
    II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.

    γῆς Od.12.27

    , cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).
    E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας

    ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443

    ; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;

    πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182

     (lyr.).
    II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ

    ἐπέων 11.367

    ;

    ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393

     codd. (lyr.).
    F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v.

    ἐπέχω v11

    ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).
    G. IN COMPOSITION:
    I. of Place, denoting,
    1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.
    2. Motion,
    a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.
    b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.
    c. against,

    ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11

    , ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.
    e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.
    f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.
    g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.
    3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,

    ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1

    , ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.
    4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.
    5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.
    6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.
    II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,

    ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2

    .
    III. in causal senses:
    1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.
    2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.
    3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.
    4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

  • 120 congiungere

    join
    * * *
    1 to join (anche mat.), to unite; ( travi, binari ecc.) to splice: congiungere due punti, to join two points; congiungere due eserciti, to combine two armies; congiungere in matrimonio, to join in marriage; congiungere le mani, to join hands; se congiungiamo i nostri sforzi arriveremo a una soluzione migliore, if we put our heads together we will reach a better solution
    2 ( collegare) to connect, to link, to join (up): non c'è alcun ponte che congiunge le due rive, there is no bridge which joins up the two banks; una buona rete ferroviaria congiunge Milano con tutte le grandi città, an efficient railway system connects (o links) Milan with all the large towns.
    ◘ congiungersi v.rifl. o rifl.rec.
    1 to join (s.o., sthg.): congiungere in matrimonio, to get married
    2 ( incontrarsi) to meet* (s.o., sthg.); (mil.) to link up (s.o., sthg.); ( confluire) to flow together; to join (s.o., sthg.); questa strada si congiunge con quella nuova, this road joins (o connects up with) the new one; quando le due strade si congiungono gira a destra, when the two roads meet turn right.
    * * *
    1. [kon'dʒundʒere]
    vb irreg vt
    (gen) to join (together), (punti) to join, connect, (luoghi) to link, connect
    (gen) to join (together), Mil to join forces
    * * *
    [kon'dʒundʒere] 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (unire) to join [estremità, parti]; to fold [ mani]
    2) (collegare) to join, to link [ punti]; [ strada] to link [ luoghi]
    2.
    verbo pronominale congiungersi
    1) (venire a contatto) [ mani] to join, to meet*
    2) (unirsi) [strade, fiumi] to join (up), to merge
    * * *
    congiungere
    /kon'dʒundʒere/ [55]
     1 (unire) to join [estremità, parti]; to fold [ mani]
     2 (collegare) to join, to link [ punti]; [ strada] to link [ luoghi]
    II congiungersi verbo pronominale
     1 (venire a contatto) [ mani] to join, to meet*
     2 (unirsi) [strade, fiumi] to join (up), to merge; - rsi in matrimonio to be joined in matrimony.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > congiungere

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • fold one's hands — bring or hold one s hands together …   Useful english dictionary

  • fold one's hands — rest one hand on top of the other; sit and do nothing …   English contemporary dictionary

  • fold — 1. v. & n. v. 1 tr. a bend or close (a flexible thing) over upon itself. b (foll. by back, over, down) bend a part of (a flexible thing) in the manner specified (fold down the flap). 2 intr. become or be able to be folded. 3 tr. (foll. by away,… …   Useful english dictionary

  • fold your hands — fold your arms/hands/ phrase to cross one arm or hand over the other The border guard folded his arms across his chest and glared. Thesaurus: to move your limbs and appendagessynonym to sit or lie downhyponym Ma …   Useful english dictionary

  • fold your arms — fold your arms/hands/ phrase to cross one arm or hand over the other The border guard folded his arms across his chest and glared. Thesaurus: to move your limbs and appendagessynonym to sit or lie downhyponym Ma …   Useful english dictionary

  • fold — fold1 foldable, adj. /fohld/, v.t. 1. to bend (cloth, paper, etc.) over upon itself. 2. to bring into a compact form by bending and laying parts together (often fol. by up): to fold up a map; to fold one s legs under oneself. 3. to bring (the… …   Universalium

  • fold — I. /foʊld / (say fohld) verb (t) 1. to double or bend (cloth, paper, etc.) over upon itself. 2. to bring together (the arms, hands, legs, etc.) with one round another: to fold one s arms on one s chest. 3. to bring (the wings) close to the body,… …  

  • fold — fold1 [ fould ] verb ** 1. ) transitive to bend a piece of paper or cloth and press one part of it over another part: Carrie folded the note and slid it into her purse. fold something in half/two: Fold the paper in half diagonally. fold something …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • fold — I UK [fəʊld] / US [foʊld] verb Word forms fold : present tense I/you/we/they fold he/she/it folds present participle folding past tense folded past participle folded ** 1) a) [transitive] to bend a piece of paper or cloth and press one part of it …   English dictionary

  • fold — I. noun Etymology: Middle English, from Old English falod; akin to Old Saxon faled enclosure Date: before 12th century 1. an enclosure for sheep 2. a. a flock of sheep b. a group of people or institutions that share a common faith, belief,… …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • Fold — (f[=o]ld), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Folded}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Folding}.] [OE. folden, falden, AS. fealdan; akin to OHG. faltan, faldan, G. falten, Icel. falda, Dan. folde, Sw. f[*a]lla, Goth. fal[thorn]an, cf. Gr. di pla sios twofold, Skr. pu[.t]a a… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»